HTML Css Js

** HTML is the standard markup language for Web pages.
** With HTML you can create your own Website.

** HTML is easy to learn - You will enjoy it!
**Week 1-2: Introduction and Basics**

*Week 1:*
1. HTML Introduction
HTML is the standard markup language for creating Web pages.
What is HTML?
 HTML stands for Hyper Text Markup Language
 HTML is the standard markup language for creating Web pages
 HTML describes the structure of a Web page
 HTML consists of a series of elements
 HTML elements tell the browser how to display the content
 HTML elements label pieces of content such as "this is a heading",
"this is a paragraph", "this is a link", etc.
A Simple HTML Document
Example
<!DOCTYPE html>
<html>
<head>
<title>Page Title</title>
</head>
<body>
<h1>My First Heading</h1>

<p>My first paragraph.</p>
</body>
</html>
Example Explained
 The <!DOCTYPE html> declaration defines that this document is an
HTML5 document
 The <html> element is the root element of an HTML page
 The <head> element contains meta information about the HTML page
 The <title> element specifies a title for the HTML page (which is
shown in the browser's title bar or in the page's tab)
 The <body> element defines the document's body, and is a container
for all the visible contents, such as headings, paragraphs, images,
hyperlinks, tables, lists, etc.
 The <h1> element defines a large heading
 The <p> element defines a paragraph
What is an HTML Element?

An HTML element is defined by a start tag, some content, and an end tag:
<tagname> Content goes here... </tagname>

The HTML element is everything from the start tag to the end tag:

Start tag Element content End tag
<h1> My First Heading </h1>
<p> My first paragraph. </p>
<br> none none
Note: Some HTML elements have no content (like the <br> element). These
elements are called empty elements. Empty elements do not have an end tag!
2. HTML Basic Examples

HTML Documents
All HTML documents must start with a document type
declaration: <!DOCTYPE html>.
The HTML document itself begins with <html> and ends with </html>.
The visible part of the HTML document is between <body> and </body>.
<!DOCTYPE html>
<html>
<body>

</body>
</html>
The <!DOCTYPE> Declaration

The <!DOCTYPE> declaration represents the document type, and helps
browsers to display web pages correctly.
It must only appear once, at the top of the page (before any HTML tags).
The <!DOCTYPE> declaration is not case sensitive.
The <!DOCTYPE> declaration for HTML5 is:
<!DOCTYPE html>
HTML Headings
HTML headings are defined with the <h1> to <h6> tags.
<h1> defines the most important heading. <h6> defines the least
important heading:
Example
<h1>This is heading 1</h1>
HTML Paragraphs
HTML paragraphs are defined with the <p> tag:
Example
<p>This is a paragraph.</p>
<p>This is another paragraph.</p>
HTML Links
HTML links are defined with the <a> tag:
Example
<a href="https://www.facebook.com">This is a link</a>
The link's destination is specified in the href attribute.
Attributes are used to provide additional information about HTML

elements.
You will learn more about attributes in a later chapter.
HTML Images
HTML images are defined with the <img> tag.
The source file (src), alternative text (alt), width, and height are
provided as attributes:
Example
<img src="cat.jpg" alt="Cat" width="104" height="142">
How to View HTML Source

Have you ever seen a Web page and wondered "Hey! How did they do
that?"
View HTML Source Code:

Click CTRL + U in an HTML page, or right-click on the page and select
"View Page Source". This will open a new tab containing the HTML source
code of the page.
Inspect an HTML Element:

Right-click on an element (or a blank area), and choose "Inspect" to see
what elements are made up of (you will see both the HTML and the CSS).
You can also edit the HTML or CSS on-the-fly in the Elements or Styles
panel that opens.
Nested HTML Elements

HTML elements can be nested (this means that elements can contain
other elements).
All HTML documents consist of nested HTML elements.
The following example contains four HTML elements

(<html>, <body>, <h1> and <p>):
Example
<!DOCTYPE html>
<html>
<body>

</body>
</html>
Example Explained
The <html> element is the root element and it defines the whole HTML
document.
It has a start tag <html> and an end tag </html>.
Then, inside the <html> element there is a <body> element:
<body>

</body>
The <body> element defines the document's body.
It has a start tag <body> and an end tag </body>.
Then, inside the <body> element there are two other

elements: <h1> and <p>:

The <h1> element defines a heading.
It has a start tag <h1> and an end tag </h1>:
The <p> element defines a paragraph.
It has a start tag <p> and an end tag </p>:
Never Skip the End Tag

Some HTML elements will display correctly, even if you forget the end tag:
Example
<html>
<body>
<p>This is a paragraph
<p>This is a paragraph
</body>
</html>
Note: However, never rely on this! Unexpected results and errors

may occur if you forget the end tag!
Empty HTML Elements

HTML elements with no content are called empty elements.
The <br> tag defines a line break, and is an empty element without a
closing tag:
Example
<p>This is a <br> paragraph with a line break.</p>
HTML is Not Case Sensitive

HTML tags are not case sensitive: <P> means the same as <p>.
The HTML standard does not require lowercase tags but it is

recommended for readability.
3. Attributes
HTML attributes provide additional information about HTML
elements.
HTML Attributes
 All HTML elements can have attributes
 Attributes provide additional information about elements
 Attributes are always specified in the start tag
 Attributes usually come in name/value pairs like: name="value"
The href Attribute

The <a> tag defines a hyperlink. The href attribute specifies the URL of
the page the link goes to:
Example
<a href="https://www.facebook.com">Visit Facebook</a>
The src Attribute

The <img> tag is used to embed an image in an HTML page.
The src attribute specifies the path to the image to be displayed:
There are two ways to specify the URL in the src attribute:
1. Absolute URL - Links to an external image that is hosted on another

website. Example: src="https://www.facebook.com/images/img_girl.jpg".
Notes: External images might be under copyright. If you do not get

permission to use it, you may be in violation of copyright laws. In
addition, you cannot control external images; it can suddenly be removed
or changed.
2. Relative URL - Links to an image that is hosted within the website.

Here, the URL does not include the domain name. If the URL begins
without a slash, it will be relative to the current page. Example:
src="img_girl.jpg". If the URL begins with a slash, it will be relative to
the domain. Example: src="/images/img_girl.jpg".
Tip: It is almost always best to use relative URLs. They will not break if
you change domain.
The width and height Attributes

The <img> tag should also contain the width and height attributes, which
specify the width and height of the image (in pixels):
Example
<img src="img_girl.jpg" width="500" height="600">
The alt Attribute

The required alt attribute for the <img> tag specifies an alternate text for
an image, if the image for some reason cannot be displayed. This can be
due to a slow connection, or an error in the src attribute, or if the user
uses a screen reader.
Example
<img src="img_girl.jpg" alt="Girl with a jacket">
Example
See what happens if we try to display an image that does not exist:
<img src="img_typo.jpg" alt="Girl with a jacket">
The style Attribute

The style attribute is used to add styles to an element, such as color,
font, size, and more.
Example
<p style="color:red;">This is a red paragraph.</p>
The lang Attribute

You should always include the lang attribute inside the <html> tag, to
declare the language of the Web page. This is meant to assist search
engines and browsers.
The following example specifies English as the language:
<!DOCTYPE html>
<html lang="en">
<body>
...
</body>
</html>
Country codes can also be added to the language code in

the lang attribute. So, the first two characters define the language of the
HTML page, and the last two characters define the country.
The following example specifies English as the language and United

States as the country:
<!DOCTYPE html>
<html lang="en-US">
<body>
...
</body>
</html>
The title Attribute

The title attribute defines some extra information about an element.
The value of the title attribute will be displayed as a tooltip when you
mouse over the element:
Example
<p title="I'm a tooltip">This is a paragraph.</p>
NB: The title attribute (and all other attributes) can be written with
uppercase or lowercase like title or TITLE.
Single or Double Quotes?

Double quotes around attribute values are the most common in HTML,
but single quotes can also be used.
In some situations, when the attribute value itself contains double quotes,
it is necessary to use single quotes:
<p title='John "ShotGun" Nelson'>
Or vice versa:
<p title="John 'ShotGun' Nelson">
Chapter Summary
 All HTML elements can have attributes
 The href attribute of <a> specifies the URL of the page the link goes
to
 The src attribute of <img> specifies the path to the image to be
displayed
 The width and height attributes of <img> provide size information for
images
 The alt attribute of <img> provides an alternate text for an image
 The style attribute is used to add styles to an element, such as
color, font, size, and more
 The lang attribute of the <html> tag declares the language of the
Web page
 The title attribute defines some extra information about an
element
Exercise:
Add a "tooltip" to the paragraph below with the text "About W3Schools".
<p ="About Babcock">Babcock is a university.</p>
4. HTML Headings
HTML headings are titles or subtitles that you want to display on
a webpage.
Example
Heading 1
Heading 2
Heading 3
Heading 4
Heading 5
Heading 6
HTML Headings
HTML headings are defined with the <h1> to <h6> tags.
<h1> defines the most important heading. <h6> defines the least
important heading.
Example
<h1>Heading 1</h1>
<h2>Heading 2</h2>
<h3>Heading 3</h3>
<h4>Heading 4</h4>
<h5>Heading 5</h5>
<h6>Heading 6</h6>
Note: Browsers automatically add some white space (a margin) before

and after a heading.
Headings Are Important

Search engines use the headings to index the structure and content of
your web pages.
Users often skim a page by its headings. It is important to use headings

to show the document structure.
<h1> headings should be used for main headings, followed

by <h2> headings, then the less important <h3>, and so on.
Note: Use HTML headings for headings only. Don't use headings to make
text BIG or bold.
Bigger Headings
Each HTML heading has a default size. However, you can specify the size
for any heading with the style attribute, using the CSS font-
size property:
Example
<h1 style="font-size:60px;">Heading 1</h1>

Exercise:
Use the correct HTML tag to add a heading with the text "London".
<p>London is the capital city of England. It is the most

populous city in the United Kingdom, with a metropolitan
area of over 13 million inhabitants.</p>
5. HTML Paragraphs
A paragraph always starts on a new line, and is usually a block
of text.
HTML Paragraphs
The HTML <p> element defines a paragraph.
A paragraph always starts on a new line, and browsers automatically add

some white space (a margin) before and after a paragraph.
Example
<p>This is another paragraph.</p>
HTML Display
You cannot be sure how HTML will be displayed.
Large or small screens, and resized windows will create different results.
With HTML, you cannot change the display by adding extra spaces or
extra lines in your HTML code.
The browser will automatically remove any extra spaces and lines when
the page is displayed:
Example
<p>
This paragraph
contains a lot of lines
in the source code,
but the browser
ignores it.
</p>
<p>
This paragraph
contains a lot of spaces
in the source code,
but the browser
ignores it.
</p>
HTML Horizontal Rules

The <hr> tag defines a thematic break in an HTML page, and is most
often displayed as a horizontal rule.
The <hr> element is used to separate content (or define a change) in an

HTML page:
Example

<p>This is some text.</p>
<hr>
<p>This is some other text.</p>
<hr>
The <hr> tag is an empty tag, which means that it has no end tag.
HTML Line Breaks

The HTML <br> element defines a line break.
Use <br> if you want a line break (a new line) without starting a new
paragraph:
Example
<p>This is<br>a paragraph<br>with line breaks.</p>
The <br> tag is an empty tag, which means that it has no end tag.
The Poem Problem

This poem will display on a single line:
Example
<p>
My Bonnie lies over the ocean.
My Bonnie lies over the sea.
Oh, bring back my Bonnie to me.

</p>
Solution - The HTML <pre> Element

The HTML <pre> element defines preformatted text.
The text inside a <pre> element is displayed in a fixed-width font (usually

Courier), and it preserves both spaces and line breaks:
Example
<pre>
My Bonnie lies over the sea.

Oh, bring back my Bonnie to me.
</pre>
Exercise:
Use the correct HTML tag to add a paragraph with the text "Hello World!".
<html>
<body>

</body>
</html>
6. HTML Styles
The HTML style attribute is used to add styles to an element,
such as color, font, size, and more.
Example
I am Red
I am Blue
I am Big
The HTML Style Attribute
Setting the style of an HTML element, can be done with
the style attribute.
The HTML style attribute has the following syntax:
<tagname style="property:value;">
The property is a CSS property. The value is a CSS value.
You will learn more about CSS later in this tutorial.
Background Color
The CSS background-color property defines the background color for an
HTML element.
Example
Set the background color for a page to powderblue:6
<body style="background-color:powderblue;">
<h1>This is a heading</h1>
</body>
Example
Set background color for two different elements:
<body>
<h1 style="background-color:powderblue;">This is a heading</h1>

<p style="background-color:tomato;">This is a paragraph.</p>
</body>
Text Color
The CSS color property defines the text color for an HTML element:
Example
<h1 style="color:blue;">This is a heading</h1>
<p style="color:red;">This is a paragraph.</p>
Fonts
The CSS font-family property defines the font to be used for an HTML
element:
Example
<h1 style="font-family:verdana;">This is a heading</h1>
<p style="font-family:courier;">This is a paragraph.</p>
Text Size
The CSS font-size property defines the text size for an HTML element:
Example
<h1 style="font-size:300%;">This is a heading</h1>
<p style="font-size:160%;">This is a paragraph.</p>
Text Alignment
The CSS text-align property defines the horizontal text alignment for an
HTML element:
Example
<h1 style="text-align:center;">Centered Heading</h1>
<p style="text-align:center;">Centered paragraph.</p>
Chapter Summary
 Use the style attribute for styling HTML elements
 Use background-color for background color
 Use color for text colors
 Use font-family for text fonts
 Use font-size for text sizes
 Use text-align for text alignment
Exercise:
Use the correct HTML attribute, and CSS, to set the color of the
paragraph to "blue".
<p =";">This is a paragraph.</p>
HTML Text
7.
Formatting
HTML contains several elements for defining text with a special
meaning.
Example
This text is bold
This text is italic
This is subscript and superscript
HTML Formatting Elements

Formatting elements were designed to display special types of text:
 <b> - Bold text

 <strong> - Important text
 <i> - Italic text
 <em> - Emphasized text
 <mark> - Marked text
 <small> - Smaller text
 <del> - Deleted text
 <ins> - Inserted text
 <sub> - Subscript text
 <sup> - Superscript text
HTML <b> and <strong> Elements

The HTML <b> element defines bold text, without any extra importance.
Example
<b>This text is bold</b>
The HTML <strong> element defines text with strong importance. The
content inside is typically displayed in bold.
Example
<strong>This text is important!</strong>
HTML <i> and <em> Elements
The HTML <i> element defines a part of text in an alternate voice or
mood. The content inside is typically displayed in italic.
Tip: The <i> tag is often used to indicate a technical term, a phrase from
another language, a thought, a ship name, etc.
Example
<i>This text is italic</i>
The HTML <em> element defines emphasized text. The content inside is
typically displayed in italic.
Tip: A screen reader will pronounce the words in <em> with an emphasis,
using verbal stress.
Example
<em>This text is emphasized</em>
HTML <small> Element

The HTML <small> element defines smaller text:
Example
<small>This is some smaller text.</small>
HTML <mark> Element

The HTML <mark> element defines text that should be marked or
highlighted:
Example
<p>Do not forget to buy <mark>milk</mark> today.</p>
HTML <del> Element

The HTML <del> element defines text that has been deleted from a
document. Browsers will usually strike a line through deleted text:
Example
<p>My favorite color is <del>blue</del> red.</p>
HTML <ins> Element

The HTML <ins> element defines a text that has been inserted into a
document. Browsers will usually underline inserted text:
Example
<p>My favorite color is <del>blue</del> <ins>red</ins>.</p>
HTML <sub> Element

The HTML <sub> element defines subscript text. Subscript text appears
half a character below the normal line, and is sometimes rendered in a
smaller font. Subscript text can be used for chemical formulas, like H2O:
Example
<p>This is <sub>subscripted</sub> text.</p>
HTML <sup> Element

The HTML <sup> element defines superscript text. Superscript text
appears half a character above the normal line, and is sometimes
rendered in a smaller font. Superscript text can be used for footnotes,
like WWW[1]:
Example
<p>This is <sup>superscripted</sup> text.</p>
Exercise:
Add extra importance to the word "degradation" in the paragraph below.
<p>
WWF's mission is to stop the degradation of our planet's
natural environment.
</p>
HTML Text Formatting Elements

Tag Description
<b> Defines bold text
<em> Defines emphasized text
<i> Defines a part of text in an alternate voice or mood
<small> Defines smaller text
<strong> Defines important text
<sub> Defines subscripted text
<sup> Defines superscripted text
<ins> Defines inserted text
<del> Defines deleted text
<mark> Defines marked/highlighted text
*Week 2:*
8. HTML Comments
HTML comments are not displayed in the browser, but they can
help document your HTML source code.
HTML Comment Tag
You can add comments to your HTML source by using the following
syntax:

Notice that there is an exclamation point (!) in the start tag, but not in
the end tag.
Note: Comments are not displayed by the browser, but they can help document
your HTML source code.
Add Comments
With comments you can place notifications and reminders in your HTML
code:
Example


Hide Content
Comments can be used to hide content.
This can be helpful if you hide content temporarily:
Example

<p>This is a paragraph too.</p>

You can also hide more than one line. Everything between the  will be hidden from the display.
Example
Hide a section of HTML code:

<p>This is a paragraph too.</p>
Comments are also great for debugging HTML, because you can comment
out HTML lines of code, one at a time, to search for errors.
Hide Inline Content

Comments can be used to hide parts in the middle of the HTML code.
Example
Hide a part of a paragraph:
<p>This  is a paragraph.</p>
Exercise:
Use the HTML comment tag to make a comment out of the "This is a
comment" text.
This is a comment
9. HTML Colors
HTML colors are specified with predefined color names, or with
RGB, HEX, HSL, RGBA, or HSLA values.
Color Names
In HTML, a color can be specified by using a color name:
Tomato
Orange
DodgerBlue
MediumSeaGreen
Gray
SlateBlue
Violet
LightGray
Background Color
You can set the background color for HTML elements:
Hello World
Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetuer adipiscing elit, sed diam
nonummy nibh euismod tincidunt ut laoreet dolore magna aliquam erat
volutpat. Ut wisi enim ad minim veniam, quis nostrud exerci tation
ullamcorper suscipit lobortis nisl ut aliquip ex ea commodo consequat.
Example
<h1 style="background-color:DodgerBlue;">Hello World</h1>

<p style="background-color:Tomato;">Lorem ipsum...</p>
Text Color
You can set the color of text:
Hello World
volutpat.
Ut wisi enim ad minim veniam, quis nostrud exerci tation ullamcorper

suscipit lobortis nisl ut aliquip ex ea commodo consequat.
Example
<h1 style="color:Tomato;">Hello World</h1>
<p style="color:DodgerBlue;">Lorem ipsum...</p>
<p style="color:MediumSeaGreen;">Ut wisi enim...</p>
Border Color
You can set the color of borders:
Hello World
Hello World
Hello World
Example
<h1 style="border:2px solid Tomato;">Hello World</h1>

<h1 style="border:2px solid DodgerBlue;">Hello World</h1>
<h1 style="border:2px solid Violet;">Hello World</h1>
Color Values
In HTML, colors can also be specified using RGB values, HEX values, HSL
values, RGBA values, and HSLA values.
The following three <div> elements have their background color set with
RGB, HEX, and HSL values:
rgb(255, 99, 71)

#ff6347
hsl(9, 100%, 64%)

The following two <div> elements have their background color set with
RGBA and HSLA values, which add an Alpha channel to the color (here we
have 50% transparency):%, 64%, 0.5)
Example
<h1 style="background-color:rgb(255, 99, 71);">...</h1>
<h1 style="background-color:#ff6347;">...</h1>
<h1 style="background-color:hsl(9, 100%, 64%);">...</h1>
<h1 style="background-color:rgba(255, 99, 71, 0.5);">...</h1>

<h1 style="background-color:hsla(9, 100%, 64%, 0.5);">...</h1>
9(i). HTML RGB and

RGBA Colors
An RGB color value represents RED, GREEN, and BLUE light
sources.
An RGBA color value is an extension of RGB with an Alpha

channel (opacity).
RGB Color Values

In HTML, a color can be specified as an RGB value, using this formula:
rgb(red, green, blue)

Each parameter (red, green, and blue) defines the intensity of the color
with a value between 0 and 255.
This means that there are 256 x 256 x 256 = 16777216 possible colors!
For example, rgb(255, 0, 0) is displayed as red, because red is set to its

highest value (255), and the other two (green and blue) are set to 0.
Another example, rgb(0, 255, 0) is displayed as green, because green is

set to its highest value (255), and the other two (red and blue) are set to
0.
To display black, set all color parameters to 0, like this: rgb(0, 0, 0).
To display white, set all color parameters to 255, like this: rgb(255, 255,
255).
Experiment by mixing the RGB values below:rgb(255, 99, 71)
<h1 style="background-color:rgb(255, 0, 0);">rgb(255, 0, 0)</h1>

<h1 style="background-color:rgb(60, 179, 113);">rgb(60, 179,
113)</h1>
238)</h1>
205)</h1>
Shades of Gray
Shades of gray are often defined using equal values for all three
parameters:

100)</h1>

140)</h1>

180)</h1>

200)</h1>
240)</h1>
RGBA Color Values

RGBA color values are an extension of RGB color values with an Alpha
channel - which specifies the opacity for a color.
An RGBA color value is specified with:
rgba(red, green, blue, alpha)

The alpha parameter is a number between 0.0 (fully transparent) and 1.0
(not transparent at all):
Experiment by mixing the RGBA values below:
<h1 style="background-color:rgba(255, 99, 71, 0);">rgba(255, 99, 71,

0)</h1>
<h1 style="background-color:rgba(255, 99, 71, 0.2);">rgba(255, 99, 71,

0.2)</h1>

0.4)</h1>

0.6)</h1>

0.8)</h1>

1)</h1>
9(ii). HTML HEX Colors

A hexadecimal color is specified with: #RRGGBB, where the RR
(red), GG (green) and BB (blue) hexadecimal integers specify
the components of the color.
HEX Color Values
In HTML, a color can be specified using a hexadecimal value in the form:
#rrggbb
Where rr (red), gg (green) and bb (blue) are hexadecimal values
between 00 and ff (same as decimal 0-255).
For example, #ff0000 is displayed as red, because red is set to its

highest value (ff), and the other two (green and blue) are set to 00.
Another example, #00ff00 is displayed as green, because green is set to

its highest value (ff), and the other two (red and blue) are set to 00.
To display black, set all color parameters to 00, like this: #000000.
To display white, set all color parameters to ff, like this: #ffffff.
Experiment by mixing the HEX values below:
<h1 style="background-color:#ff0000;">#ff0000</h1>
<h1 style="background-color:#0000ff;">#0000ff</h1>
<h1 style="background-color:#3cb371;">#3cb371</h1>
<h1 style="background-color:#ee82ee;">#ee82ee</h1>
<h1 style="background-color:#ffa500;">#ffa500</h1>
<h1 style="background-color:#6a5acd;">#6a5acd</h1>
Shades of Gray
parameters:
<h1 style="background-color:#404040;">#404040</h1>
<h1 style="background-color:#a0a0a0;">#a0a0a0</h1>
<h1 style="background-color:#bebebe;">#bebebe</h1>
<h1 style="background-color:#dcdcdc;">#dcdcdc</h1>
<h1 style="background-color:#f8f8f8;">#f8f8f8</h1>
9(iii). HTML HSL and
HSLA Colors
HSL stands for hue, saturation, and lightness.
HSLA color values are an extension of HSL with an Alpha

channel (opacity).
HSL Color Values

In HTML, a color can be specified using hue, saturation, and lightness
(HSL) in the form:
hsl(hue, saturation, lightness)

Hue is a degree on the color wheel from 0 to 360. 0 is red, 120 is green,
and 240 is blue.
Saturation is a percentage value. 0% means a shade of gray, and 100%

is the full color.
Lightness is also a percentage value. 0% is black, and 100% is white.
Experiment by mixing the HSL values below:
<h1 style="background-color:hsl(0, 100%, 50%);">hsl(0, 100%,

50%)</h1>
50%)</h1>
47%)</h1>
72%)</h1>
50%)</h1>
58%)</h1>
Saturation
Saturation can be described as the intensity of a color.
100% is pure color, no shades of gray.
50% is 50% gray, but you can still see the color.
0% is completely gray; you can no longer see the color.
<h1 style="background-color:hsl(0, 100%, 50%);">hsl(0,

100%, 50%)</h1>

50%)</h1>

50%)</h1>

50%)</h1>

50%)</h1>

50%)</h1>
<p>With HSL colors, less saturation mean less color. 0% is

completely gray.</p>
Lightness
The lightness of a color can be described as how much light you want to
give the color, where 0% means no light (black), 50% means 50% light
(neither dark nor light), and 100% means full lightness (white).
Example
<h1 style="background-color:hsl(0, 100%, 0%);">hsl(0, 100%, 0%)</h1>

25%)</h1>
50%)</h1>
75%)</h1>
90%)</h1>
100%)</h1>
<p>With HSL colors, 0% lightness means black, and 100 lightness

means white.</p>
Shades of Gray
Shades of gray are often defined by setting the hue and saturation to 0,
and adjusting the lightness from 0% to 100% to get darker/lighter
shades:
Example

HSLA Color Values

HSLA color values are an extension of HSL color values, with an Alpha
An HSLA color value is specified with:
hsla(hue, saturation, lightness, alpha)

Experiment by mixing the HSLA values below:
<h1 style="background-color:hsla(9, 100%, 64%, 0);">hsla(9, 100%,

64%, 0)</h1>
<h1 style="background-color:hsla(9, 100%, 64%, 0.2);">hsla(9, 100%,

64%, 0.2)</h1>

64%, 0.4)</h1>

64%, 0.6)</h1>

64%, 0.8)</h1>

64%, 1)</h1>
10. HTML Links

Links are found in nearly all web pages. Links allow users to
click their way from page to page.
HTML Links - Hyperlinks

HTML links are hyperlinks.
You can click on a link and jump to another document.

When you move the mouse over a link, the mouse arrow will turn into a
little hand.
Note: A link does not have to be text. A link can be an image or any other
HTML element!
HTML Links - Syntax

The HTML <a> tag defines a hyperlink. It has the following syntax:
<a href="url">link text</a>
The most important attribute of the <a> element is the href attribute,
which indicates the link's destination.
The link text is the part that will be visible to the reader.
Clicking on the link text, will send the reader to the specified URL address.
Example
This example shows how to create a link to W3Schools.com:
<a href="https://www.facebook.com/">Visit W3Schools.com!</a>
By default, links will appear as follows in all browsers:
 An unvisited link is underlined and blue

 A visited link is underlined and purple
 An active link is underlined and red
Tip: Links can of course be styled with CSS, to get another look!
HTML Links - The target Attribute

By default, the linked page will be displayed in the current browser
window. To change this, you must specify another target for the link.
The target attribute specifies where to open the linked document.
The target attribute can have one of the following values:
 _self - Default. Opens the document in the same window/tab as it

was clicked
 _blank - Opens the document in a new window or tab
 _parent - Opens the document in the parent frame
 _top - Opens the document in the full body of the window
Example
Use target="_blank" to open the linked document in a new browser window

or tab:
<a href="https://www.facebook.com/" target="_blank">Visit Facebook!</a>
By default, links will appear as follows in all browsers:

Tip: Links can of course be styled with CSS, to get another look!
HTML Links - The target Attribute

By default, the linked page will be displayed in the current browser
window. To change this, you must specify another target for the link.
The target attribute specifies where to open the linked document.
 _self - Default. Opens the document in the same window/tab as it

was clicked
 _blank - Opens the document in a new window or tab
 _parent - Opens the document in the parent frame
 _top - Opens the document in the full body of the window
Example
Use target="_blank" to open the linked document in a new browser window

or tab:
<a href="https://www.w3schools.com/" target="_blank">Visit

W3Schools!</a>
Absolute URLs vs. Relative URLs

Both examples above are using an absolute URL (a full web address) in
the href attribute.
A local link (a link to a page within the same website) is specified with
a relative URL (without the "https://www" part):
Example
<h2>Absolute URLs</h2>
<p><a href="https://www.w3.org/">W3C</a></p>
<p><a href="https://www.google.com/">Google</a></p>
<h2>Relative URLs</h2>
<p><a href="html_images.asp">HTML Images</a></p>
<p><a href="/css/default.asp">CSS Tutorial</a></p>
HTML Links - Use an Image as a Link

To use an image as a link, just put the <img> tag inside the <a> tag:
Example
<a href="default.asp">
<img src="smiley.gif" alt="HTML
tutorial" style="width:42px;height:42px;">
</a>
Link to an Email Address

Use mailto: inside the href attribute to create a link that opens the
user's email program (to let them send a new email):
Example
<a href="mailto:[email protected]">Send email</a>
Button as a Link
To use an HTML button as a link, you have to add some JavaScript code.
JavaScript allows you to specify what happens at certain events, such as

a click of a button:
Example
<button onclick="document.location='default.asp'">HTML
Tutorial</button>
Link Titles
The title attribute specifies extra information about an element. The
information is most often shown as a tooltip text when the mouse moves
over the element.
Example
<a href="https://www.w3schools.com/html/" title="Go to W3Schools HTML

section">Visit our HTML Tutorial</a>
More on Absolute URLs and Relative
URLs
Example
Use a full URL to link to a web page:
<a href="https://www.w3schools.com/html/default.asp">HTML tutorial</a>
Example
Link to a page located in the html folder on the current web site:
<a href="/html/default.asp">HTML tutorial</a>
Example
Link to a page located in the same folder as the current page:
Chapter Summary
 Use the <a> element to define a link
 Use the href attribute to define the link address
 Use the target attribute to define where to open the linked
document
 Use the <img> element (inside <a>) to use an image as a link
 Use the mailto: scheme inside the href attribute to create a link
that opens the user's email program
HTML Link Tags

Tag Description
<a> Defines a hyperlink

10(i). HTML Links - Different
Colors
An HTML link is displayed in a different color depending on
whether it has been visited, is unvisited, or is active.
HTML Link Colors

By default, a link will appear like this (in all browsers):

You can change the link state colors, by using CSS:
Example
Here, an unvisited link will be green with no underline. A visited link will be
pink with no underline. An active link will be yellow and underlined. In
addition, when mousing over a link (a:hover) it will become red and
underlined:
<style>
a:link {
color: green;
background-color: transparent;
text-decoration: none;
}
a:visited {
color: pink;
}
a:hover {
color: red;
text-decoration: underline;
}
a:active {
color: yellow;
}
</style>
Link Buttons
A link can also be styled as a button, by using CSS:
This is a link
Example
<style>
a:link, a:visited {
background-color: #f44336;
color: white;
padding: 15px 25px;
text-align: center;
display: inline-block;
}
a:hover, a:active {
background-color: red;
}
</style>
10(ii). HTML Links - Create

Bookmarks
HTML links can be used to create bookmarks, so that readers
can jump to specific parts of a web page.
Create a Bookmark in HTML
Bookmarks can be useful if a web page is very long.
To create a bookmark - first create the bookmark, then add a link to it.
When the link is clicked, the page will scroll down or up to the location
with the bookmark.
Example
First, use the id attribute to create a bookmark:
<h2 id="C4">Chapter 4</h2>
Then, add a link to the bookmark ("Jump to Chapter 4"), from within the
same page:
Example
<a href="#C4">Jump to Chapter 4</a>
You can also add a link to a bookmark on another page:
<a href="html_demo.html#C4">Jump to Chapter 4</a>
Chapter Summary
 Use the id attribute (id="value") to define bookmarks in a page
 Use the href attribute (href="#value") to link to the bookmark
Exercise:
Use the correct HTML to make the text below into a link to "default.html".
11. HTML Images

Images can improve the design and the appearance of a web
page.
Example
<img src="pic_trulli.jpg" alt="Italian Trulli">
Example
<img src="img_girl.jpg" alt="Girl in a jacket">
Example
<img src="img_chania.jpg" alt="Flowers in Chania">
HTML Images Syntax

The HTML <img> tag is used to embed an image in a web page.
Images are not technically inserted into a web page; images are linked to
web pages. The <img> tag creates a holding space for the referenced
image.
The <img> tag is empty, it contains attributes only, and does not have a
closing tag.
The <img> tag has two required attributes:
 src - Specifies the path to the image

 alt - Specifies an alternate text for the image
Syntax
<img src="url" alt="alternatetext">
The src Attribute

The required src attribute specifies the path (URL) to the image.
Note: When a web page loads, it is the browser, at that moment, that
gets the image from a web server and inserts it into the page. Therefore,
make sure that the image actually stays in the same spot in relation to
the web page, otherwise your visitors will get a broken link icon. The
broken link icon and the alt text are shown if the browser cannot find the
image.
Example
The alt Attribute

The required alt attribute provides an alternate text for an image, if the
user for some reason cannot view it (because of slow connection, an
error in the src attribute, or if the user uses a screen reader).
The value of the alt attribute should describe the image:
Example
If a browser cannot find an image, it will display the value of

the alt attribute:
Example
<img src="wrongname.gif" alt="Flowers in Chania">
Tip: A screen reader is a software program that reads the HTML code, and
allows the user to "listen" to the content. Screen readers are useful for people
who are visually impaired or learning disabled.
Image Size - Width and Height

You can use the style attribute to specify the width and height of an
image.
Example
<img src="img_girl.jpg" alt="Girl in a

jacket" style="width:500px;height:600px;">
Alternatively, you can use the width and height attributes:
Example
<img src="img_girl.jpg" alt="Girl in a

jacket" width="500" height="600">
The width and height attributes always define the width and height of the
image in pixels.
Note: Always specify the width and height of an image. If width and height are
not specified, the web page might flicker while the image loads.
Width and Height, or Style?

The width, height, and style attributes are all valid in HTML.
However, we suggest using the style attribute. It prevents styles sheets

from changing the size of images:
Example
<!DOCTYPE html>
<html>
<head>
<style>
img {
width: 100%;
}
</style>
</head>
<body>
<img src="html5.gif" alt="HTML5 Icon" width="128" height="128">

<img src="html5.gif" alt="HTML5
Icon" style="width:128px;height:128px;">
</body>
</html>
Images in Another Folder

If you have your images in a sub-folder, you must include the folder
name in the src attribute:
Example
<img src="/images/html5.gif" alt="HTML5

Icon" style="width:128px;height:128px;">
Images on Another Server/Website

Some web sites point to an image on another server.
To point to an image on another server, you must specify an absolute

(full) URL in the src attribute:
Example
<img src="https://www.facebook.com/images/facebook_green.jpg" alt="

Facebook.com">
Notes on external images: External images might be under copyright.

If you do not get permission to use it, you may be in violation of
copyright laws. In addition, you cannot control external images; they can
suddenly be removed or changed.
Animated Images
HTML allows animated GIFs:
Example
<img src="programming.gif" alt="Computer

Man" style="width:48px;height:48px;">
Image as a Link
To use an image as a link, put the <img> tag inside the <a> tag:
Example
<a href="default.asp">
<img src="smiley.gif" alt="HTML
tutorial" style="width:42px;height:42px;">
</a>
Image Floating
Use the CSS float property to let the image float to the right or to the
left of a text:
Example
<p><img src="smiley.gif" alt="Smiley

face" style="float:right;width:42px;height:42px;">
The image will float to the right of the text.</p>
<p><img src="smiley.gif" alt="Smiley

face" style="float:left;width:42px;height:42px;">
The image will float to the left of the text.</p>
Common Image Formats

Here are the most common image file types, which are supported in all
browsers (Chrome, Edge, Firefox, Safari, Opera):
Abbreviation File Format File Extension

APNG Animated Portable .apng
Network Graphics
GIF Graphics Interchange .gif

Format
ICO Microsoft Icon .ico, .cur
JPEG Joint Photographic Expert .jpg, .jpeg, .jfif, .pjpeg, .pjp

Group image
PNG Portable Network Graphics .png
SVG Scalable Vector Graphics .svg
Chapter Summary
 Use the HTML <img> element to define an image
 Use the HTML src attribute to define the URL of the image
 Use the HTML alt attribute to define an alternate text for an image,
if it cannot be displayed
 Use the HTML width and height attributes or the
CSS width and height properties to define the size of the image
 Use the CSS float property to let the image float to the left or to
the right
Note: Loading large images takes time, and can slow down your web page. Use
images carefully.
HTML Exercises
Exercise:
Use the HTML image attributes to set the size of the image to 250 pixels
wide and 400 pixels tall.
<img src="scream.png" ="250" ="400">

HTML Image Tags
Tag Description
<img> Defines an image
<map> Defines an image map
<area> Defines a clickable area inside an image map
<picture> Defines a container for multiple image resources
HTML Background
12.
Images
A background image can be specified for almost any HTML
element.
Background Image on a HTML element

To add a background image on an HTML element, use the
HTML style attribute and the CSS background-image property:
Example
Add a background image on a HTML element:
<p style="background-image: url('img_girl.jpg');">
You can also specify the background image in the <style> element, in
the <head> section:
Example
Specify the background image in the <style> element:

<style>
p {
background-image: url('img_girl.jpg');
}
</style>
Background Image on a Page

If you want the entire page to have a background image, you must
specify the background image on the <body> element:
Example
Add a background image for the entire page:
<style>
body {
}
</style>
Background Repeat
If the background image is smaller than the element, the image will
repeat itself, horizontally and vertically, until it reaches the end of the
element:
Example
<style>
body {
background-image: url('example_img_girl.jpg');
}
</style>
To avoid the background image from repeating itself, set the background-
repeat property to no-repeat.
Example
<style>
body {
background-image: url('example_img_girl.jpg');
background-repeat: no-repeat;
}
</style>
Background Cover
If you want the background image to cover the entire element, you can
set the background-size property to cover.
Also, to make sure the entire element is always covered, set

the background-attachment property to fixed:
This way, the background image will cover the entire element, with no
stretching (the image will keep its original proportions):
Example
<style>
body {
background-attachment: fixed;
background-size: cover;
}
</style>
Background Stretch
If you want the background image to stretch to fit the entire element,
you can set the background-size property to 100% 100%:
Try resizing the browser window, and you will see that the image will
stretch, but always cover the entire element.
Example
<style>
body {
background-size: 100% 100%;
}
</style>
12(i).
HTML <picture> Elem
ent
The HTML <picture> element allows you to display different
pictures for different devices or screen sizes.
The HTML <picture> Element

The HTML <picture> element gives web developers more flexibility in
specifying image resources.
The <picture> element contains one or more <source> elements, each

referring to different images through the srcset attribute. This way the
browser can choose the image that best fits the current view and/or
device.
Each <source> element has a media attribute that defines when the image
is the most suitable.
Example
Show different images for different screen sizes:

<picture>
<source media="(min-width: 650px)" srcset="img_food.jpg">
<source media="(min-width: 465px)" srcset="img_car.jpg">
<img src="img_girl.jpg">
</picture>
Note: Always specify an <img> element as the last child element of

the <picture> element. The <img> element is used by browsers that do not
support the <picture> element, or if none of the <source> tags match.
When to use the Picture Element

There are two main purposes for the <picture> element:
1. Bandwidth
If you have a small screen or device, it is not necessary to load a large
image file. The browser will use the first <source> element with matching
attribute values, and ignore any of the following elements.
2. Format Support
Some browsers or devices may not support all image formats. By using
the <picture> element, you can add images of all formats, and the
browser will use the first format it recognizes, and ignore any of the
following elements.
Example
The browser will use the first image format it recognizes:
<picture>
<source srcset="img_avatar.png">
<source srcset="img_girl.jpg">
<img src="img_beatles.gif" alt="Beatles" style="width:auto;">
</picture>
Note: The browser will use the first <source> element with matching attribute
values, and ignore any following <source> elements.
HTML Image Tags
Tag Description
<img> Defines an image
<map> Defines an image map
<area> Defines a clickable area inside an image map
<picture> Defines a container for multiple image resources
13. CSS Introduction

CSS is the language we use to style a Web page.
What is CSS?
 CSS stands for Cascading Style Sheets
 CSS describes how HTML elements are to be displayed on screen,
paper, or in other media
 CSS saves a lot of work. It can control the layout of multiple web
pages all at once
 External stylesheets are stored in CSS files
Why Use CSS?

CSS is used to define styles for your web pages, including the design,
layout and variations in display for different devices and screen sizes.
CSS Example
body {
background-color: lightblue;
}
h1 {
color: white;
text-align: center;
}
p {
font-family: verdana;
font-size: 20px;
}
CSS Solved a Big Problem

HTML was NEVER intended to contain tags for formatting a web page!
HTML was created to describe the content of a web page, like:
When tags like <font>, and color attributes were added to the HTML 3.2
specification, it started a nightmare for web developers. Development of
large websites, where fonts and color information were added to every
single page, became a long and expensive process.
To solve this problem, the World Wide Web Consortium (W3C) created
CSS.
CSS removed the style formatting from the HTML page!
CSS Saves a Lot of Work!

The style definitions are normally saved in external .css files.
With an external stylesheet file, you can change the look of an entire
website by changing just one file!
14. CSS Selectors

A CSS selector selects the HTML element(s) you want to style.
CSS Selectors
CSS selectors are used to "find" (or select) the HTML elements you want
to style.
We can divide CSS selectors into five categories:
 Simple selectors (select elements based on name, id, class)

 Combinator selectors (select elements based on a specific
relationship between them)
 Pseudo-class selectors (select elements based on a certain state)
 Pseudo-elements selectors (select and style a part of an element)
 Attribute selectors (select elements based on an attribute or
attribute value)
This page will explain the most basic CSS selectors.
The CSS element Selector

The element selector selects HTML elements based on the element name.
Example
Here, all <p> elements on the page will be center-aligned, with a red text
color:
p {
text-align: center;
color: red;
}
The CSS id Selector

The id selector uses the id attribute of an HTML element to select a
specific element.
The id of an element is unique within a page, so the id selector is used to

select one unique element!
To select an element with a specific id, write a hash (#) character,
followed by the id of the element.
Example
The CSS rule below will be applied to the HTML element with id="para1":
#para1 {
text-align: center;
color: red;
}
Note: An id name cannot start with a number!
The CSS class Selector

The class selector selects HTML elements with a specific class attribute.
To select elements with a specific class, write a period (.) character,

followed by the class name.
Example
In this example all HTML elements with class="center" will be red and center-
aligned:
.center {
text-align: center;
color: red;
}
You can also specify that only specific HTML elements should be affected
by a class.
Example
In this example only <p> elements with class="center" will be red and
center-aligned:
p.center {
text-align: center;
color: red;
}
HTML elements can also refer to more than one class.
Example
In this example the <p> element will be styled according to class="center"

and to class="large":
<p class="center large">This paragraph refers to two classes.</p>
Note: A class name cannot start with a number!
The CSS Universal Selector

The universal selector (*) selects all HTML elements on the page.
Example
The CSS rule below will affect every HTML element on the page:
* {
text-align: center;
color: blue;
}
The CSS Grouping Selector

The grouping selector selects all the HTML elements with the same style
definitions.
Look at the following CSS code (the h1, h2, and p elements have the
same style definitions):
h1 {
text-align: center;
color: red;
}
h2 {
text-align: center;
color: red;
}
p {
text-align: center;
color: red;
}
It will be better to group the selectors, to minimize the code.
To group selectors, separate each selector with a comma.
Example
In this example we have grouped the selectors from the code above:
h1, h2, p {
text-align: center;
color: red;
}
All CSS Simple Selectors
Selector Example Example description

#id #firstname Selects the element with
id="firstname"
.class .intro Selects all elements with

class="intro"
element.class p.intro Selects only <p> elements with

class="intro"
* * Selects all elements
element p Selects all <p> elements
element,element,.. div, p Selects all <div> elements and

all <p> elements
15. CSS PROPERTIES

A CSS property assign a style or behavior to an HTML element.
Examples include: color, border, margin, font-style,
and transform.
Example
A table header with a custom background-color.
<style>
table.tb { width: 450px; border-collapse: collapse; }
.tb th, .tb td { border: solid 1px #777; padding: 5px; }
.tb thead { background-color: steelblue; color: white; }
</style>
<table class="tb">
<thead>
<tr>
<th>First Name</th>
<th>Last Name</th>
<th>Country</th>
</tr>
</thead>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Denice</td>
<td>Hobermann</td>
<td>Canada</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Paulo</td>
<td>Cornell</td>
<td>Brazil</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Jane</td>
<td>Hollander</td>
<td>USA</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
Property List
CSS supports more than 200 CSS properties. Here's a complete list.
Click a name for details.
PROPERTY DESCRIPTION
align-content Aligns items in a flex container along flex
lines.
align-items Aligns evenly spaced items in a flex
container.
align-self Aligns an item inside a flex container.
all Resets all element properties to its default

or inherited values.
animation Creates an animating element.
animation-delay Sets a delay before an animation begins.
animation-direction Sets how, in which direction, an animation
is played.
animation-duration Defines the duration of an animation cycle.
animation-fill-mode Defines how styles are applied before and

after animation.
animation-iteration-count Sets the number of times an animation is
played.
animation-name Defines a name for the animation.
animation-play-state Sets the animation play state to running or
paused.
animation-timing-function Specifies the animation speed curve.
backface-visibility Shows or hides the backface visibility of an
element.
background Sets the background of an element.
background-attachment Defines how the background is attached to
an element.
background-blend-mode Defines the background layer blending
mode.
background-clip Defines how background extends beyond
the
element.
background-color Sets the background color of the element.
background-image Specifies a background image for an
element.
background-origin Specifies the background image origin
position.
background-position Sets the position of a background image.
background-repeat Specifies how the background image is
repeated.
background-size Sets the size of the background image.
border Specifies a border for an element
border-bottom Specifies a bottom border for an element.
border-bottom-color Sets the color of a bottom border .
border-bottom-left-radius Sets the border radius of the bottom left
corner.
border-bottom-right- Sets the border radius of the bottom right
radius corner
border-bottom-style Sets the style of the bottom border.
border-bottom-width Sets the width of the bottom border
border-collapse Sets table borders to single collapsed line or
separated.
border-color Sets the color of the border.
border-image Defines an image as border, instead of a
color.
border-image-outset Sets how far a border image extends beyond
the border.
border-image-repeat Defines if and how the border image is
repeated.
border-image-slice Defines how the border image will be sliced.
border-image-source Specifies the url of the border image file.
border-image-width Sets the width of the image border.
border-left Sets the left border of the element.
border-left-color Sets the color of the left border.
border-left-style Sets the style of the left border.
border-left-width Sets the width of the left border.
border-radius Sets the radius of the border.
border-right Sets the right border of the element.
border-right-color Sets the color of the right border.
border-right-style Sets the style of the right border.
border-right-width Sets the width of the right border.
border-spacing Sets the adjacent table cell distance.
border-style Defines the style of the border
border-top Sets the top border of the element.
border-top-color Sets the color of the top border.
border-top-left-radius Sets the border radius of the top left corner.
border-top-right-radius Sets the border radius of the top right
corner.
border-top-style Sets the style of the top border.
border-top-width Sets the width of the top border.
border-width Sets the border width of the element.
bottom Positions the element from the bottom of
the relative container.
box-shadow Adds a shadow effect to an element.
box-sizing Sets how element height and width are
calculated.
caption-side Defines on which side of the table a caption
is placed.
caret-color Sets the color of the blinking mouse caret.
@charset Specifies the character encoding of the
stylesheet.
clear Sets the element side that does not allow
floating elements.
clip Sets how an image is cropped or clipped
inside a container.
clip-path Clips an element inside a specific shape or
SVG.
color Specifies the color of text in an element.
column-count Divides an element into the specified
number
of columns.
column-fill Specifies how divided columns are filled.
column-gap Specifies the space between divided
columns.
column-rule Sets the style, width, and color of a column
divider.
column-rule-color Sets the color of a column divider.
column-rule-style Sets the style of a column divider.
column-rule-width Sets the width of a column divider.
column-span Sets number of divided columns an element
should span.
column-width Specifies the width of a divided column.
columns Divide an element into columns of a certain
width.
content Used to insert content before or after an
element.
counter-increment Increase or decrease a CSS counter.
counter-reset Initialize or reset CSS counter.
cursor Specifies the shape of the mouse cursor.
direction Specifies the text writing direction of a
block-level element.
display Specify an element's display behavior.
empty-cells Specifies whether empty table cell borders
will be displayed.
filter Adds an image enhancing effect to an
image.
flex Specifies the width of the flexible items.
flex-basis Specifies the initial width of a flex item.
flex-direction Specifies the direction for the flex item to
align.
flex-flow Controls the direction and wrapping of
flexible items.
flex-grow Specifies how a flex item can grow inside the
container.
flex-shrink Specifies how a flex item can shrink inside
the
container.
flex-wrap Specifies how flexible items wrap inside the
container.
float Sets how an element is positioned relative to
other elements.
font Sets font family, variant, weight, height, and
size for an element.
@font-face Embeds a custom font inside a web page
font-family Sets the font family for an element.
font-kerning Sets the spacing between the font's
characters.
font-size Sets the size of the font for an element.
font-size-adjust Specifies a fall-back font size.
font-stretch Sets the text characters to a wider or
narrower variant.
font-style Set the font style to normal, italic, or oblique.
font-variant Specifies that text is displayed in a small-
caps
font.
font-weight Sets the weight or thickness of the font.
grid Defines a grid layout with responsive rows
and
columns.
grid-area Sets the size and location of grid items in a
grid container.
grid-auto-columns Specifies the size of the columns in a grid
container.
grid-auto-flow Specifies the initial placement of items in a
grid container.
grid-auto-rows Specifies the initial size of the items in a grid
container.
grid-column Specifies the size and location of a grid item
in a grid container.
grid-column-end Specifies in which column-line the grid item
will end.
grid-column-gap Specifies the gap size between columns in a
grid container.
grid-column-start Specifies in which column line the grid item
will start.
grid-gap Specifies the gap size between grid rows and
columns.
grid-row Specifies the grid item size and location in a
grid container.
grid-row-end Specifies in which row-line the grid item will
end.
grid-row-gap Specifies the gap size between rows in a grid
container.
grid-row-start Specifies in which row line the grid item will
start
grid-template Divides a page into sections with a size,
position, and layer.
grid-template-areas Specifies area in a grid container.
grid-template-columns Sets the number and width of columns in a
grid container.
grid-template-rows Sets the number and height of rows in a grid
container.
height Sets the height of an element.
hyphens Specifies hyphenation with wrap
opportunities
in a line of text.
@import Imports a style sheet inside another style
sheet.
justify-content Defines the alignment of items in a flex
container.
@keyframes Defines the CSS style to animate.
left Positions the element from the left of the
relative container.
letter-spacing Sets the spacing between characters.
line-height Sets the vertical spacing between lines of
text.
list-style Defines the markers (bullet points) for items
in a list.
list-style-image Defines an image markers (bullet points) for
items in a list.
list-style-position Sets the marker (bullet point) positions for
items in a list
list-style-type Defines the marker types (bullet points) for
items in a list
margin Sets the margin (outside spacing) for an
element.
margin-bottom Sets the bottom margin (outside spacing) for
an element.
margin-left Sets the left margin (outside spacing) for an
element.
margin-right Sets the right margin (outside spacing) for
an
element.
margin-top Sets the top margin (outside spacing) for an
element.
max-height Sets the maximum height for an element.
max-width Sets the maximum width for an element.
@media Applies media queries to a page.
min-height Sets the minimum height for an element.
min-width Sets the minimum width for an element.
object-fit Specifies how an image or video fits inside a
container.
object-position Specifies the image or video position inside
a
container.
opacity Sets the opacity (transparency) of the
element.
order Specifies the order of an item in a flex
container.
outline Adds an outline (highlighted border) to an
element.
outline-color Sets the color of an outline.
outline-offset Sets the space between the outline and
border.
outline-style Sets the style of an outline.
outline-width Sets the width of an outline.
overflow Specifies the flow of content that exceeds
the
container.
overflow-x Specifies the flow of content that exceeds
the
container width.
overflow-y Specifies the flow of content that exceeds
the
container height.
padding Sets the spacing between content and
element
border.
padding-bottom Sets the spacing between content and
bottom
element border.
padding-left Sets the spacing between content and left
element border.
padding-right Sets the spacing between content and right
element border.
padding-top Sets the spacing between content and top
element border.
page-break-after Adds a print page-break after an element.
page-break-before Adds a print page-break before an element.
page-break-inside Specifies if print page-break is allowed
inside
an element.
perspective Adds perspective to a 3D-positioned
element.
perspective-origin Sets the origin of the perspective for a
3D-positioned element.
pointer-events Specifies whether element reacts to pointer
events or not.
position Sets the element's positioning method.
quotes Defines the quotation marks to be used on
text.
right Positions the element from the right of the
relative container.
scroll-behavior Specifies the scrolling behavior of an
element
table-layout Aligns elements according to a table with
rows and columns.
text-align Sets the alignment of text inside an element.
text-align-last Sets the alignment for the last line of text.
text-decoration Defines the style and color of underlined
text.
text-decoration-color Defines the color of underlined text.
text-decoration-line Defines the kind of line to use with text.
text-decoration-style Defines the style of underlined text.
text-indent Sets the indentation to the beginning of
text.
text-justify Defines the text justification inside a
container.
text-overflow Sets the display behavior of text that
overflows a container.
text-shadow Adds a shadow effect to text.
text-transform Defines text capitalization or casing.
top Positions the element from the top of the
relative container
transform Applies a 2D or 3D transformation to an
element.
transform-origin Sets the origin for the transformation of the
element.
transform-style Specifies the display behavior of 3D space
nested elements.
transition Creates transitions from one property value
to another.
transition-delay Creates a delay before the transition effect
starts.
transition-duration Specifies the time the transition will take.
transition-property Specifies the CSS property that will
transition.
transition-timing- Defines the speed curve function of the
function transition.
user-select Specifies how text can be selected
(highlighted)
vertical-align Specifies vertical alignment of an element.
visibility Specifies the visibility of an element.
white-space Specifies how white-space is handled
inside an element.
width Sets the width of an element.
word-break Specifies how line breaks take place.
word-spacing Sets the spacing between words.
word-wrap Specifies how long words can be wrapped.
writing-mode Sets the text reading orientation: top to
bottom, etc.
z-index Sets the vertical stacking order relative to
other elements
Vendor Prefixes
Browser vendors regularly experiment with new, non-standard CSS
properties. To indicate that these are browser specific they are prefixed,
like so:
 -webkit-...
 -moz-...
 -ms-...
 -o-...
During the transition period when a property is supported by all browsers

- but not fully standardized - you will see CSS like this:
-webkit-transition: background-color 2s ease-out;
-moz-transition: background-color 2s ease-out;

-ms-transition: background-color 2s ease-out;
-o-transition: background-color 2s ease-out;
transition: background-color 2s ease-out;
When they become standardized, the prefix becomes obsolete.

Depending on the browsers your users use, you may decide to include
prefixed properties.
16. CSS Colors

CSS colors are specified with predefined color names, or with
RGB, HEX, HSL, RGBA, or HSLA values.
Color Names
In CSS, a color can be specified by using a color name:
Tomato
Orange
DodgerBlue
MediumSeaGreen
Gray
SlateBlue
Violet
LightGray
CSS Background Color

You can set the background color for HTML elements:
Hello World
volutpat. Ut wisi enim ad minim veniam, quis nostrud exerci tation
ullamcorper suscipit lobortis nisl ut aliquip ex ea commodo consequat.
Example
<h1 style="background-color:DodgerBlue;">Hello World</h1>

<p style="background-color:Tomato;">Lorem ipsum...</p>
CSS Text Color

You can set the color of text:
Hello World
volutpat.
Ut wisi enim ad minim veniam, quis nostrud exerci tation ullamcorper

suscipit lobortis nisl ut aliquip ex ea commodo consequat.
Example
<h1 style="color:Tomato;">Hello World</h1>
<p style="color:DodgerBlue;">Lorem ipsum...</p>
<p style="color:MediumSeaGreen;">Ut wisi enim...</p>
CSS Border Color

You can set the color of borders:
Hello World
Hello World
Hello World
Example
<h1 style="border:2px solid Tomato;">Hello World</h1>
<h1 style="border:2px solid DodgerBlue;">Hello World</h1>
<h1 style="border:2px solid Violet;">Hello World</h1>
CSS Color Values

In CSS, colors can also be specified using RGB values, HEX values, HSL
values, RGBA values, and HSLA values.
The following three <div> elements have their background color set with
RGB, HEX, and HSL values:
rgb(255, 99, 71)
#ff6347
hsl(9, 100%, 64%)

The following two <div> elements have their background color set with
RGBA and HSLA values, which add an Alpha channel to the color (here we
have 50% transparency):%, 64%, 0.5)
Example
<h1 style="background-color:rgb(255, 99, 71);">...</h1>
<h1 style="background-color:#ff6347;">...</h1>
<h1 style="background-color:hsl(9, 100%, 64%);">...</h1>
<h1 style="background-color:rgba(255, 99, 71, 0.5);">...</h1>

<h1 style="background-color:hsla(9, 100%, 64%, 0.5);">...</h1>
16(i). CSS RGB and

RGBA Colors
An RGB color value represents RED, GREEN, and BLUE light
sources.
An RGBA color value is an extension of RGB with an Alpha
channel (opacity).
RGB Color Values

In HTML, a color can be specified as an RGB value, using this formula:
rgb(red, green, blue)

Each parameter (red, green, and blue) defines the intensity of the color
with a value between 0 and 255.
This means that there are 256 x 256 x 256 = 16777216 possible colors!
For example, rgb(255, 0, 0) is displayed as red, because red is set to its

highest value (255), and the other two (green and blue) are set to 0.
Another example, rgb(0, 255, 0) is displayed as green, because green is

set to its highest value (255), and the other two (red and blue) are set to
0.
To display black, set all color parameters to 0, like this: rgb(0, 0, 0).
To display white, set all color parameters to 255, like this: rgb(255, 255,
255).
Experiment by mixing the RGB values below:rgb(255, 99, 71)

113)</h1>
238)</h1>
205)</h1>
Shades of Gray
parameters:

100)</h1>

140)</h1>

180)</h1>

200)</h1>

240)</h1>
RGBA Color Values

RGBA color values are an extension of RGB color values with an Alpha
An RGBA color value is specified with:
rgba(red, green, blue, alpha)

Experiment by mixing the RGBA values below:

0)</h1>

0.2)</h1>

0.4)</h1>

0.6)</h1>

0.8)</h1>
1)</h1>
16(ii). CSS HEX Colors

A hexadecimal color is specified with: #RRGGBB, where the RR
(red), GG (green) and BB (blue) hexadecimal integers specify
the components of the color.
HEX Color Values

In HTML, a color can be specified using a hexadecimal value in the form:
#rrggbb
Where rr (red), gg (green) and bb (blue) are hexadecimal values
between 00 and ff (same as decimal 0-255).
For example, #ff0000 is displayed as red, because red is set to its

highest value (ff), and the other two (green and blue) are set to 00.
Another example, #00ff00 is displayed as green, because green is set to

its highest value (ff), and the other two (red and blue) are set to 00.
To display black, set all color parameters to 00, like this: #000000.
To display white, set all color parameters to ff, like this: #ffffff.
Experiment by mixing the HEX values below:
<h1 style="background-color:#ff0000;">#ff0000</h1>
<h1 style="background-color:#0000ff;">#0000ff</h1>
<h1 style="background-color:#3cb371;">#3cb371</h1>
<h1 style="background-color:#ee82ee;">#ee82ee</h1>
<h1 style="background-color:#ffa500;">#ffa500</h1>
<h1 style="background-color:#6a5acd;">#6a5acd</h1>
Shades of Gray
parameters:
<h1 style="background-color:#a0a0a0;">#a0a0a0</h1>
<h1 style="background-color:#bebebe;">#bebebe</h1>
<h1 style="background-color:#dcdcdc;">#dcdcdc</h1>
<h1 style="background-color:#f8f8f8;">#f8f8f8</h1>
16(iii). HTML HSL and

HSLA Colors
HSL stands for hue, saturation, and lightness.
HSLA color values are an extension of HSL with an Alpha

channel (opacity).
HSL Color Values

In CSS, a color can be specified using hue, saturation, and lightness (HSL)
in the form:
hsl(hue, saturation, lightness)

Hue is a degree on the color wheel from 0 to 360. 0 is red, 120 is green,
and 240 is blue.
Saturation is a percentage value. 0% means a shade of gray, and 100%

is the full color.
Lightness is also a percentage value. 0% is black, and 100% is white.
Experiment by mixing the HSL values below:

50%)</h1>
50%)</h1>
47%)</h1>
72%)</h1>
50%)</h1>
58%)</h1>
Saturation
Saturation can be described as the intensity of a color.
100% is pure color, no shades of gray.
50% is 50% gray, but you can still see the color.
0% is completely gray; you can no longer see the color.
<h1 style="background-color:hsl(0, 100%, 50%);">hsl(0,

100%, 50%)</h1>

50%)</h1>

50%)</h1>

50%)</h1>

50%)</h1>

50%)</h1>
<p>With HSL colors, less saturation mean less color. 0% is
completely gray.</p>
Lightness
The lightness of a color can be described as how much light you want to
give the color, where 0% means no light (black), 50% means 50% light
(neither dark nor light), and 100% means full lightness (white).
Example

25%)</h1>
50%)</h1>
75%)</h1>
90%)</h1>
100%)</h1>
<p>With HSL colors, 0% lightness means black, and 100 lightness

means white.</p>
Shades of Gray
Shades of gray are often defined by setting the hue and saturation to 0,
and adjusting the lightness from 0% to 100% to get darker/lighter
shades:
Example
HSLA Color Values

HSLA color values are an extension of HSL color values, with an Alpha
An HSLA color value is specified with:
hsla(hue, saturation, lightness, alpha)

Experiment by mixing the HSLA values below:

64%, 0)</h1>

64%, 0.2)</h1>

64%, 0.4)</h1>

64%, 0.6)</h1>

64%, 0.8)</h1>

64%, 1)</h1>
17. CSS Backgrounds

The CSS background properties are used to add background
effects for elements.
In these chapters, you will learn about the following CSS background
properties:
 background-color
 background-image
 background-repeat
 background-attachment
 background-position
 background (shorthand property)
CSS background-color
The background-color property specifies the background color of an
element.
Example
The background color of a page is set like this:
body {
}
With CSS, a color is most often specified by:
 a valid color name - like "red"

 a HEX value - like "#ff0000"
 an RGB value - like "rgb(255,0,0)"
Other Elements
You can set the background color for any HTML elements:
Example
Here, the <h1>, <p>, and <div> elements will have different background
colors:
h1 {
background-color: green;
}
div {
}
p {
background-color: yellow;
}
Opacity / Transparency
The opacity property specifies the opacity/transparency of an element. It
can take a value from 0.0 - 1.0. The lower value, the more transparent:
Example
div {
background-color: green;
opacity: 0.3;
}
Note: When using the opacity property to add transparency to the

background of an element, all of its child elements inherit the same
transparency. This can make the text inside a fully transparent element
hard to read.
Transparency using RGBA

If you do not want to apply opacity to child elements, like in our example
above, use RGBA color values. The following example sets the opacity for
the background color and not the text:
You learned from our CSS Colors Chapter, that you can use RGB as a
color value. In addition to RGB, you can use an RGB color value with
an alpha channel (RGBA) - which specifies the opacity for a color.
An RGBA color value is specified with: rgba(red, green, blue, alpha).

(fully opaque).
Example
div {
background: rgba(0, 128, 0, 0.3) /* Green background with 30%
opacity */
}
The CSS Background Color Property

Property Description
background-color Sets the background color of an element
17(i). CSS Background

Image
CSS background-image
The background-image property specifies an image to use as the
background of an element.
By default, the image is repeated so it covers the entire element.
Example
Set the background image for a page:
body {
background-image: url("paper.gif");
}
Example
This example shows a bad combination of text and background image.
The text is hardly readable:
body {
background-image: url("bgdesert.jpg");
}
Note: When using a background image, use an image that does not disturb the
text.
The background image can also be set for specific elements, like the <p>
element:
Example
p {
background-image: url("paper.gif");
}
The CSS Background Image Property

background-image Sets the background image for an element
17(ii). CSS Background

Image Repeat
CSS background-repeat
By default, the background-image property repeats an image both
horizontally and vertically.
Some images should be repeated only horizontally or vertically, or they

will look strange, like this:
Example
body {
background-image: url("gradient_bg.png");
}
If the image above is repeated only horizontally (background-repeat:

repeat-x;), the background will look better:
Example
body {
background-image: url("gradient_bg.png");
background-repeat: repeat-x;
}
Tip: To repeat an image vertically, set background-repeat: repeat-y;
CSS background-repeat: no-repeat

Showing the background image only once is also specified by
the background-repeat property:
Example
Show the background image only once:
body {
background-image: url("img_tree.png");
}
In the example above, the background image is placed in the same place
as the text. We want to change the position of the image, so that it does
not disturb the text too much.
CSS background-position
The background-position property is used to specify the position of the
background image.
Example
Position the background image in the top-right corner:
body {
background-position: right top;
}
The CSS Background Repeat and

Position Properties
background-position Sets the starting position of a background image
background-repeat Sets how a background image will be repeated
17(iii). CSS Background

Attachment
CSS background-attachment
The background-attachment property specifies whether the background
image should scroll or be fixed (will not scroll with the rest of the page):
Example
Specify that the background image should be fixed:
body {
}
Example
Specify that the background image should scroll with the rest of the page:
body {
background-attachment: scroll;
}
The CSS Background Attachment

Property
background-attachment Sets whether a background image is fixed or

scrolls with the rest of the page
CSS Background
17(iv)
Shorthand
CSS background - Shorthand property
To shorten the code, it is also possible to specify all the background
properties in one single property. This is called a shorthand property.
Instead of writing:
body {
background-color: #ffffff;
}
You can use the shorthand property background:
Example
Use the shorthand property to set the background properties in one
declaration:
body {
background: #ffffff url("img_tree.png") no-repeat right top;
}
When using the shorthand property the order of the property values is:
 background-color
 background-image
 background-repeat
 background-attachment
 background-position
It does not matter if one of the property values is missing, as long as the
other ones are in this order. Note that we do not use the background-
attachment property in the examples above, as it does not have a value.
Exercise:
Set the background color of the <h1> element to "lightblue".
<style>
h1 {
: lightblue;
</style>
<body>
<p>This is a heading</p>
<p>This is a heading</p>
</body>
All CSS Background Properties

background Sets all the background properties in one

declaration
background-attachment Sets whether a background image is fixed or

scrolls with the rest of the page
background-clip Specifies the painting area of the background
background-color Sets the background color of an element
background-image Sets the background image for an element
background-origin Specifies where the background image(s) is/are

positioned
background-position Sets the starting position of a background image
background-repeat Sets how a background image will be repeated
background-size Specifies the size of the background image(s)
*Week 3:*
**Week 3-4: Structuring Content**
HTML Lists
HTML lists allow web developers to group a set of related items
in lists.
Example
An unordered HTML list:
 Item
 Item
 Item
 Item
An ordered HTML list:
1. First item
2. Second item
3. Third item
4. Fourth item
Unordered HTML List

An unordered list starts with the <ul> tag. Each list item starts with
the <li> tag.
The list items will be marked with bullets (small black circles) by default:
Example
<ul>
<li>Coffee</li>
<li>Tea</li>
<li>Milk</li>
</ul>
Ordered HTML List

An ordered list starts with the <ol> tag. Each list item starts with
the <li> tag.
The list items will be marked with numbers by default:

Example
<ol>
<li>Coffee</li>
<li>Tea</li>
<li>Milk</li>
</ol>
HTML Description Lists

HTML also supports description lists.
A description list is a list of terms, with a description of each term.
The <dl> tag defines the description list, the <dt> tag defines the term
(name), and the <dd> tag describes each term:
Example
<dl>
<dt>Coffee</dt>
<dd>- black hot drink</dd>
<dt>Milk</dt>
<dd>- white cold drink</dd>
</dl>
HTML List Tags

Tag Description
<ul> Defines an unordered list
<ol> Defines an ordered list
<li> Defines a list item
<dl> Defines a description list
<dt> Defines a term in a description list

<dd> Describes the term in a description list
HTML Unordered Lists

The HTML <ul> tag defines an unordered (bulleted) list.
Unordered HTML List

An unordered list starts with the <ul> tag. Each list item starts with
the <li> tag.
The list items will be marked with bullets (small black circles) by default:
Example
<ul>
<li>Coffee</li>
<li>Tea</li>
<li>Milk</li>
</ul>
Unordered HTML List - Choose List

Item Marker
The CSS list-style-type property is used to define the style of the list
item marker. It can have one of the following values:
Value Description
disc Sets the list item marker to a bullet (default)
circle Sets the list item marker to a circle
square Sets the list item marker to a square
none The list items will not be marked

Example - Disc
<ul style="list-style-type:disc;">
<li>Coffee</li>
<li>Tea</li>
<li>Milk</li>
</ul>
Example - Circle
<ul style="list-style-type:circle;">
<li>Coffee</li>
<li>Tea</li>
<li>Milk</li>
</ul>
Example - Square
<ul style="list-style-type:square;">
<li>Coffee</li>
<li>Tea</li>
<li>Milk</li>
</ul>
Example - None
<ul style="list-style-type:none;">
<li>Coffee</li>
<li>Tea</li>
<li>Milk</li>
</ul>
Nested HTML Lists

Lists can be nested (list inside list):
Example
<ul>
<li>Coffee</li>
<li>Tea
<ul>
<li>Black tea</li>
<li>Green tea</li>
</ul>
</li>
<li>Milk</li>
</ul>
Note: A list item (<li>) can contain a new list, and other HTML elements,
like images and links, etc.
Horizontal List with CSS

HTML lists can be styled in many different ways with CSS.
One popular way is to style a list horizontally, to create a navigation

menu:
Example
<!DOCTYPE html>
<html>
<head>
<style>
ul {
list-style-type: none;
margin: 0;
padding: 0;
overflow: hidden;
background-color: #333333;
}
li {
float: left;
}
li a {
display: block;
color: white;
text-align: center;
padding: 16px;
}
li a:hover {
}
</style>
</head>
<body>
<ul>
<li><a href="#home">Home</a></li>
<li><a href="#news">News</a></li>
<li><a href="#contact">Contact</a></li>
<li><a href="#about">About</a></li>
</ul>
</body>
</html>
Chapter Summary
 Use the HTML <ul> element to define an unordered list
 Use the CSS list-style-type property to define the list item marker
 Use the HTML <li> element to define a list item
 Lists can be nested
 List items can contain other HTML elements
 Use the CSS property float:left to display a list horizontally
HTML List Tags

Tag Description

HTML Ordered Lists
The HTML <ol> tag defines an ordered list. An ordered list can
be numerical or alphabetical.
Ordered HTML List

An ordered list starts with the <ol> tag. Each list item starts with
the <li> tag.
The list items will be marked with numbers by default:
Example
<ol>
<li>Coffee</li>
<li>Tea</li>
<li>Milk</li>
</ol>
Ordered HTML List - The Type

Attribute
The type attribute of the <ol> tag, defines the type of the list item
marker:
Type Description
type="1" The list items will be numbered with numbers (default)
type="A" The list items will be numbered with uppercase letters
type="a" The list items will be numbered with lowercase letters
type="I" The list items will be numbered with uppercase roman numbers
type="i" The list items will be numbered with lowercase roman numbers
Numbers:
<ol type="1">
<li>Coffee</li>
<li>Tea</li>
<li>Milk</li>
</ol>
Uppercase Letters:
<ol type="A">
<li>Coffee</li>
<li>Tea</li>
<li>Milk</li>
</ol>
Lowercase Letters:
<ol type="a">
<li>Coffee</li>
<li>Tea</li>
<li>Milk</li>
</ol>
Uppercase Roman Numbers:

<ol type="I">
<li>Coffee</li>
<li>Tea</li>
<li>Milk</li>
</ol>
Lowercase Roman Numbers:

<ol type="i">
<li>Coffee</li>
<li>Tea</li>
<li>Milk</li>
</ol>
Control List Counting

By default, an ordered list will start counting from 1. If you want to start
counting from a specified number, you can use the start attribute:
Example
<ol start="50">
<li>Coffee</li>
<li>Tea</li>
<li>Milk</li>
</ol>
Nested HTML Lists

Lists can be nested (list inside list):
Example
<ol>
<li>Coffee</li>
<li>Tea
<ol>
<li>Black tea</li>
<li>Green tea</li>
</ol>
</li>
<li>Milk</li>
</ol>
Note: A list item (<li>) can contain a new list, and other HTML elements,
like images and links, etc.
Chapter Summary
 Use the HTML <ol> element to define an ordered list
 Use the HTML type attribute to define the numbering type
 Use the HTML <li> element to define a list item
 Lists can be nested
 List items can contain other HTML elements
HTML List Tags

Tag Description
HTML Other Lists

HTML also supports description lists.
HTML Description Lists

A description list is a list of terms, with a description of each term.
The <dl> tag defines the description list, the <dt> tag defines the term
(name), and the <dd> tag describes each term:
Example
<dl>
<dt>Coffee</dt>
<dd>- black hot drink</dd>
<dt>Milk</dt>
<dd>- white cold drink</dd>
</dl>
Chapter Summary
 Use the HTML <dl> element to define a description list
 Use the HTML <dt> element to define the description term
 Use the HTML <dd> element to describe the term in a description list
HTML Exercises
Exercise:
Add a list item with the text "Coffee" inside the <ul> element.
<ul> Coffee </ul>
HTML Tables
HTML tables allow web developers to arrange data into rows and
columns.
Example
Company Contact Country
Alfreds Futterkiste Maria Anders Germany
Centro comercial Moctezuma Francisco Chang Mexico
Ernst Handel Roland Mendel Austria
Island Trading Helen Bennett UK
Laughing Bacchus Winecellars Yoshi Tannamuri Canada
Magazzini Alimentari Riuniti Giovanni Rovelli Italy
Define an HTML Table

A table in HTML consists of table cells inside rows and columns.
Example
A simple HTML table:
<table>
<tr>
<th>Company</th>
<th>Contact</th>
<th>Country</th>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Alfreds Futterkiste</td>
<td>Maria Anders</td>
<td>Germany</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Centro comercial Moctezuma</td>
<td>Francisco Chang</td>
<td>Mexico</td>
</tr>
</table>
Table Cells
Each table cell is defined by a <td> and a </td> tag.
td stands for table data.
Everything between <td> and </td> are the content of the table cell.
Example
<table>
<tr>
<td>Emil</td>
<td>Tobias</td>
<td>Linus</td>
</tr>
</table>
Note: A table cell can contain all sorts of HTML elements: text, images,
lists, links, other tables, etc.
Table Rows
Each table row starts with a <tr> and ends with a </tr> tag.
tr stands for table row.
Example
<table>
<tr>
<td>Emil</td>
<td>Tobias</td>
<td>Linus</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>16</td>
<td>14</td>
<td>10</td>
</tr>
</table>
You can have as many rows as you like in a table; just make sure that
the number of cells are the same in each row.
Note: There are times when a row can have less or more cells than another.
You will learn about that in a later chapter.
Table Headers
Sometimes you want your cells to be table header cells. In those cases
use the <th> tag instead of the <td> tag:
th stands for table header.

Example
Let the first row be table header cells:
<table>
<tr>
<th>Person 1</th>
<th>Person 2</th>
<th>Person 3</th>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Emil</td>
<td>Tobias</td>
<td>Linus</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>16</td>
<td>14</td>
<td>10</td>
</tr>
</table>
By default, the text in <th> elements are bold and centered, but you can
change that with CSS.
Exercise:
Add a table row with two table headers.
The two table headers should have the value "Name" and "Age".
<table>
<tr>
<td>Jill Smith</td>
<td>50</td>
</tr>
</table>
HTML Table Tags
Tag Description
<table> Defines a table
<th> Defines a header cell in a table
<tr> Defines a row in a table
<td> Defines a cell in a table
<caption> Defines a table caption
<colgroup> Specifies a group of one or more columns in a table for

formatting
<col> Specifies column properties for each column within a

<colgroup> element
<thead> Groups the header content in a table
<tbody> Groups the body content in a table
<tfoot> Groups the footer content in a table
HTML Table Borders

HTML tables can have borders of different styles and shapes.
How To Add a Border

To add a border, use the CSS border property on table, th,
and td elements:
Example
table, th, td {
border: 1px solid black;
}
Collapsed Table Borders

To avoid having double borders like in the example above, set the
CSS border-collapse property to collapse.
This will make the borders collapse into a single border:
Example
table, th, td {
border-collapse: collapse;
}
Style Table Borders

If you set a background color of each cell, and give the border a white
color (the same as the document background), you get the impression of
an invisible border:
Example
table, th, td {
border: 1px solid white;
}
th, td {
background-color: #96D4D4;
}
Round Table Borders

With the border-radius property, the borders get rounded corners:
Example
table, th, td {
border-radius: 10px;
}
Skip the border around the table by leaving out table from the css
selector:
Example
th, td {
border-radius: 10px;
}
Dotted Table Borders

With the border-style property, you can set the appearance of the
border.
The following values are allowed:
 dotted
 dashed
 solid
 double
 groove
 ridge
 inset
 outset
 none
 hidden
Example
th, td {
border-style: dotted;
}
Border Color
With the border-color property, you can set the color of the border.
Example
th, td {
border-color: #96D4D4;
}
HTML Table Sizes

HTML tables can have different sizes for each column, row or the
entire table.
Use the style attribute with the width or height properties to

specify the size of a table, row or column.
HTML Table Width

To set the width of a table, add the style attribute to
the <table> element:
Example
Set the width of the table to 100%:
<table style="width:100%">
<tr>
<th>Firstname</th>
<th>Lastname</th>
<th>Age</th>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Jill</td>
<td>Smith</td>
<td>50</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Eve</td>
<td>Jackson</td>
<td>94</td>
</tr>
</table>
Note: Using a percentage as the size unit for a width means how wide will
this element be compared to its parent element, which in this case is
the <body> element.
HTML Table Column Width

To set the size of a specific column, add the style attribute on
a <th> or <td> element:
Example
Set the width of the first column to 70%:
<tr>
<th style="width:70%">Firstname</th>
<th>Lastname</th>
<th>Age</th>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Jill</td>
<td>Smith</td>
<td>50</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Eve</td>
<td>Jackson</td>
<td>94</td>
</tr>
</table>
HTML Table Row Height

To set the height of a specific row, add the style attribute on a table row
element:
Example
Set the height of the second row to 200 pixels:

<tr>
<th>Firstname</th>
<th>Lastname</th>
<th>Age</th>
</tr>
<tr style="height:200px">
<td>Jill</td>
<td>Smith</td>
<td>50</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Eve</td>
<td>Jackson</td>
<td>94</td>
</tr>
</table>
Exercise:
Use CSS styles to make the table 300 pixels wide.
<table >
<tr>
<th>First Name</th>
<th>Last Name</th>
<th>Points</th>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Jill</td>
<td>Smith</td>
<td>50</td>
</tr>
</table>
HTML Table Headers

HTML tables can have headers for each column or row, or for
many columns/rows.
HTML Table Headers

Table headers are defined with th elements. Each th element represents
a table cell.
Example
<table>
<tr>
<th>Firstname</th>
<th>Lastname</th>
<th>Age</th>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Jill</td>
<td>Smith</td>
<td>50</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Eve</td>
<td>Jackson</td>
<td>94</td>
</tr>
</table>
Vertical Table Headers

To use the first column as table headers, define the first cell in each row
as a <th> element:
Example
<table>
<tr>
<th>Firstname</th>
<td>Jill</td>
<td>Eve</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<th>Lastname</th>
<td>Smith</td>
<td>Jackson</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<th>Age</th>
<td>94</td>
<td>50</td>
</tr>
</table>
Align Table Headers

By default, table headers are bold and centered:
Firstname Lastname Age

Jill Smith 50
Eve Jackson 94
To left-align the table headers, use the CSS text-align property:
Example
th {
text-align: left;
}
Header for Multiple Columns

You can have a header that spans over two or more columns.
Name Age
Jill Smith 50
Eve Jackson 94
To do this, use the colspan attribute on the <th> element:
Example
<style>
table, th, td {
}
</style>
<table>
<tr>
<th colspan="2">Name</th>
<th>Age</th>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Jill</td>
<td>Smith</td>
<td>50</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Eve</td>
<td>Jackson</td>
<td>94</td>
</tr>
</table>
Table Caption
You can add a caption that serves as a heading for the entire table.
Monthly savings
Month Savings
January $100
February $50
To add a caption to a table, use the <caption> tag:
<style>
table, th, td {
th, td {
padding: 5px;
text-align: left;
</style>
<caption>Monthly savings</caption>
<tr>
<th>Month</th>
<th>Savings</th>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>January</td>
<td>$100</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>February</td>
<td>$50</td>
</tr>
</table>
Note: The <caption> tag should be inserted immediately after

the <table> tag.
Exercise:
Add a table caption that says "Names".
<table>
<tr>
<th>First Name</th>
<th>Last Name</th>
<th>Points</th>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Jill</td>
<td>Smith</td>
<td>50</td>
</tr>
</table>
HTML Table Padding &
Spacing
HTML tables can adjust the padding inside the cells, and also
the space between the cells.
With Padding
hello hello hello
hello hello hello
hello hello hello
With Spacing
hello hello hello
hello hello hello
hello hello hello
HTML Table - Cell Padding

Cell padding is the space between the cell edges and the cell content.
By default the padding is set to 0.
To add padding on table cells, use the CSS padding property:
Example
th, td {
padding: 15px;
}
To add padding only above the content, use the padding-top property.
And the others sides with the padding-bottom, padding-left,
and padding-right properties:
Example
th, td {
padding-top: 10px;
padding-bottom: 20px;
padding-left: 30px;
padding-right: 40px;
}
HTML Table - Cell Spacing

Cell spacing is the space between each cell.
By default the space is set to 2 pixels.
To change the space between table cells, use the CSS border-
spacing property on the table element:
Example
table {
border-spacing: 30px;
}
HTML Table Colspan &

Rowspan
HTML tables can have cells that span over multiple rows and/or
columns.
HTML Table - Colspan

To make a cell span over multiple columns, use the colspan attribute:
Example
<table>
<tr>
<th colspan="2">Name</th>
<th>Age</th>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Jill</td>
<td>Smith</td>
<td>43</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Eve</td>
<td>Jackson</td>
<td>57</td>
</tr>
</table>
Note: The value of the colspan attribute represents the number of columns to
span.
HTML Table - Rowspan

To make a cell span over multiple rows, use the rowspan attribute:
Example
<style>
table, th, td {
}
</style>
<table>
<tr>
<th>Name</th>
<td>Jill</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<th rowspan="2">Phone</th>
<td>555-1234</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>555-8745</td>
</tr>
</table>
Note: The value of the rowspan attribute represents the number of rows
to span.
Exercise:
Use the correct HTML attribute to make the first TH element span two
columns.
<table>
<tr>
<th >Name</th>
<th>Age</th>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Jill</td>
<td>Smith</td>
<td>50</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Eve</td>
<td>Jackson</td>
<td>94</td>
</tr>
</table>
HTML Table Styling

Use CSS to make your tables look better.
HTML Table - Zebra Stripes

If you add a background color on every other table row, you will get a
nice zebra stripes effect.
1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8
9 10 11 12
13 14 15 16
17 18 19 20
To style every other table row element, use the :nth-

child(even) selector like this:
Example
tr:nth-child(even) {
background-color: #D6EEEE;
}
Note: If you use (odd) instead of (even), the styling will occur on row 1,3,5 etc.
instead of 2,4,6 etc.
HTML Table - Vertical Zebra Stripes

To make vertical zebra stripes, style every other column, instead of every
other row.
1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8
9 10 11 12
13 14 15 16
17 18 19 20
Set the :nth-child(even) for table data elements like this:
Example
td:nth-child(even), th:nth-child(even) {
background-color: #D6EEEE;
}
Note: Put the :nth-child() selector on both th and td elements if you
want to have the styling on both headers and regular table cells.
Combine Vertical and Horizontal Zebra
Stripes
You can combine the styling from the two examples above and you will
have stripes on every other row and every other column.
If you use a transparent color you will get an overlapping effect.
Use an rgba() color to specify the transparency of the color:
Example
table, th, td {
}
tr:nth-child(even) {
background-color: rgba(150, 212, 212, 0.4);
}
th:nth-child(even),td:nth-child(even) {
}
<h2>Striped Table</h2>
<p>For zebra-striped tables, use the nth-child() selector and add a
background-color to all even (or odd) table rows:</p>
<tr>
<th>MON</th>
<th>TUE</th>
<th>WED</th>
<th>THU</th>
<th>FRI</th>
<th>SAT</th>
<th>SUN</th>
</tr>
<tr>
<td> </td>
<td> </td>
<td> </td>
<td> </td>
<td> </td>
<td> </td>
<td> </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td> </td>
<td> </td>
<td> </td>
<td> </td>
<td> </td>
<td> </td>
<td> </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td> </td>
<td> </td>
<td> </td>
<td> </td>
<td> </td>
<td> </td>
<td> </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td> </td>
<td> </td>
<td> </td>
<td> </td>
<td> </td>
<td> </td>
<td> </td>
</tr>
</table>
Horizontal Dividers
First Name Last Name Savings
First Name Last Name Savings
Peter Griffin $100
Lois Griffin $150
Joe Swanson $300
If you specify borders only at the bottom of each table row, you will have
a table with horizontal dividers.
Add the border-bottom property to all tr elements to get horizontal

dividers:
Example
<style>
table {
width: 100%;
}
tr {
border-bottom: 1px solid #ddd;
}
</style>
</head>
<body>
<h2>Bordered Table Dividers</h2>

<p>Add the border-bottom property to the tr elements for horizontal
dividers:</p>
<table>
<tr>
<th>Firstname</th>
<th>Lastname</th>
<th>Savings</th>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Peter</td>
<td>Griffin</td>
<td>$100</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Lois</td>
<td>Griffin</td>
<td>$150</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Joe</td>
<td>Swanson</td>
<td>$300</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Cleveland</td>
<td>Brown</td>
<td>$250</td>
</tr>
</table>
Hoverable Table
Use the :hover selector on tr to highlight table rows on mouse over:
tr:hover {background-color: #D6EEEE;}
HTML Table Colgroup

The <colgroup> element is used to style specific columns of a
table.
HTML Table Colgroup

If you want to style the two first columns of a table, use
the <colgroup> and <col> elements.
MON TUE WED THU FRI SAT SUN

1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14
15 16 17 18 19 20 21
22 23 24 25 26 27 28
The <colgroup> element should be used as a container for the column
specifications.
Each group is specified with a <col> element.
The span attribute specifies how many columns that get the style.
The style attribute specifies the style to give the columns.
Note: There is a very limited selection of legal CSS properties for colgroups.
Example
<style>
table, th, td {
}
</style>
</head>
<body>
<h2>Colgroup</h2>
<p>Add the a colgroup with a col element that spans over two
columns to define a style for the two columns:</p>
<table style="width: 100%;">

<colgroup>
<col span="2" style="background-color: #D6EEEE">
</colgroup>
<tr>
<th>MON</th>
<th>TUE</th>
<th>WED</th>
<th>THU</th>
<th>FRI</th>
<th>SAT</th>
<th>SUN</th>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>1</td>
<td>2</td>
<td>3</td>
<td>4</td>
<td>5</td>
<td>6</td>
<td>7</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>8</td>
<td>9</td>
<td>10</td>
<td>11</td>
<td>12</td>
<td>13</td>
<td>14</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>15</td>
<td>16</td>
<td>17</td>
<td>18</td>
<td>19</td>
<td>20</td>
<td>21</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>22</td>
<td>23</td>
<td>24</td>
<td>25</td>
<td>26</td>
<td>27</td>
<td>28</td>
</tr>
</table>
Note: The <colgroup> tag must be a child of a <table> element and should be
placed before any other table elements, like <thead>, <tr>, <td> etc., but after
the <caption> element, if present.
Legal CSS Properties

There is only a very limited selection of CSS properties that are allowed
to be used in the colgroup:
width property
visibility property
background properties
border properties
All other CSS properties will have no effect on your tables.
Multiple Col Elements

If you want to style more columns with different styles, use
more <col> elements inside the <colgroup>:
<style>
table, th, td {
</style>
</head>
<body>
<h2>Multiple Col Elements</h2>
<p>Add multiple col elements in the colgroup:</p>
<colgroup>
<col span="2" style="background-color: #D6EEEE">
<col span="3" style="background-color: pink">
</colgroup>
<tr>
<th>MON</th>
<th>TUE</th>
<th>WED</th>
<th>THU</th>
<th>FRI</th>
<th>SAT</th>
<th>SUN</th>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>1</td>
<td>2</td>
<td>3</td>
<td>4</td>
<td>5</td>
<td>6</td>
<td>7</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>8</td>
<td>9</td>
<td>10</td>
<td>11</td>
<td>12</td>
<td>13</td>
<td>14</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>15</td>
<td>16</td>
<td>17</td>
<td>18</td>
<td>19</td>
<td>20</td>
<td>21</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>22</td>
<td>23</td>
<td>24</td>
<td>25</td>
<td>26</td>
<td>27</td>
<td>28</td>
</tr>
</table>
Empty Colgroups
If you want to style columns in the middle of a table, insert a
"empty" <col> element (with no styles) for the columns before:
Example
<style>
table, th, td {
</style>
</head>
<body>
<h2>Empty Colgroups</h2>
<p>Add "empty" col elements that represents the columns before the
columns you want to style:</p>
<colgroup>
<col span="3">
<col span="2" style="background-color: pink">
</colgroup>
<tr>
<th>MON</th>
<th>TUE</th>
<th>WED</th>
<th>THU</th>
<th>FRI</th>
<th>SAT</th>
<th>SUN</th>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>1</td>
<td>2</td>
<td>3</td>
<td>4</td>
<td>5</td>
<td>6</td>
<td>7</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>8</td>
<td>9</td>
<td>10</td>
<td>11</td>
<td>12</td>
<td>13</td>
<td>14</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>15</td>
<td>16</td>
<td>17</td>
<td>18</td>
<td>19</td>
<td>20</td>
<td>21</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>22</td>
<td>23</td>
<td>24</td>
<td>25</td>
<td>26</td>
<td>27</td>
<td>28</td>
</tr>
</table>
Hide Columns
You can hide columns with the visibility: collapse property:
<style>
table, th, td {
</style>
</head>
<body>
<h2>Hide Columns</h2>
<p>You can hide specific columns with the visibility property:</p>

<colgroup>
<col span="2">
<col span="3" style="visibility: collapse">
</colgroup>
<tr>
<th>MON</th>
<th>TUE</th>
<th>WED</th>
<th>THU</th>
<th>FRI</th>
<th>SAT</th>
<th>SUN</th>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>1</td>
<td>2</td>
<td>3</td>
<td>4</td>
<td>5</td>
<td>6</td>
<td>7</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>8</td>
<td>9</td>
<td>10</td>
<td>11</td>
<td>12</td>
<td>13</td>
<td>14</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>15</td>
<td>16</td>
<td>17</td>
<td>18</td>
<td>19</td>
<td>20</td>
<td>21</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>22</td>
<td>23</td>
<td>24</td>
<td>25</td>
<td>26</td>
<td>27</td>
<td>28</td>
</tr>
</table>
<p><b>Note:</b> The table columns does not collapse properly in
Safari browsers.</p>
</body>
HTML Block and Inline Elements

Every HTML element has a default display value, depending on
what type of element it is.
There are two display values: block and inline.
Block-level Elements
A block-level element always starts on a new line, and the browsers
automatically add some space (a margin) before and after the element.
A block-level element always takes up the full width available (stretches

out to the left and right as far as it can).
Two commonly used block elements are: <p> and <div>.
The <p> element defines a paragraph in an HTML document.
The <div> element defines a division or a section in an HTML document.
The <p> element is a block-level element.
The <div> element is a block-level element.
Example
<p>Hello World</p>
<div>Hello World</div>
Here are the block-level elements in HTML:
<address>
<article>
<aside>
<blockquote>
<canvas>
<dd>
<div>
<dl>
<dt>
<fieldset>
<figcaption>
<figure>
<footer>
<form>
<h1>-<h6>
<header>
<hr>
<li>
<main>
<nav>
<noscript>
<ol>
<p>
<pre>
<section>
<table>
<tfoot>
<ul>
<video>
Inline Elements
An inline element does not start on a new line.
An inline element only takes up as much width as necessary.
This is a <span> element inside a paragraph.
Example
<span>Hello World</span>
Here are the inline elements in HTML:
<a>
<abbr>
<acronym>
<b>
<bdo>
<big>
<br>
<button>
<cite>
<code>
<dfn>
<em>
<i>
<img>
<input>
<kbd>
<label>
<map>
<object>
<output>
<q>
<samp>
<script>
<select>
<small>
<span>
<strong>
<sub>
<sup>
<textarea>
<time>
<tt>
<var>
Note: An inline element cannot contain a block-level element!
The <div> Element

The <div> element is often used as a container for other HTML elements.
The <div> element has no required attributes, but style, class and id are
common.
When used together with CSS, the <div> element can be used to style
blocks of content:
Example
<div style="background-color:black;color:white;padding:20px;">
<h2>London</h2>
<p>London is the capital city of England. It is the most populous
city in the United Kingdom, with a metropolitan area of over 13
million inhabitants.</p>
</div>
The <span> Element

The <span> element is an inline container used to mark up a part of a text,
or a part of a document.
The <span> element has no required attributes,

but style, class and id are common.
When used together with CSS, the <span> element can be used to style
parts of the text:
Example
<p>My mother has <span style="color:blue;font-

weight:bold;">blue</span> eyes and my father
has <span style="color:darkolivegreen;font-weight:bold;">dark
green</span> eyes.</p>
Chapter Summary
 There are two display values: block and inline
 A block-level element always starts on a new line and takes up the
full width available
 An inline element does not start on a new line and it only takes up
as much width as necessary
 The <div> element is a block-level and is often used as a container
for other HTML elements
 The <span> element is an inline container used to mark up a part of
a text, or a part of a document
HTML Tags
Tag Description
<div> Defines a section in a document (block-level)

<span> Defines a section in a document (inline)
CSS Box Model

All HTML elements can be considered as boxes.
The CSS Box Model

In CSS, the term "box model" is used when talking about design and
layout.
The CSS box model is essentially a box that wraps around every HTML
element. It consists of: margins, borders, padding, and the actual
content. The image below illustrates the box model:
Explanation of the different parts:
 Content - The content of the box, where text and images appear
 Padding - Clears an area around the content. The padding is
transparent
 Border - A border that goes around the padding and content
 Margin - Clears an area outside the border. The margin is
transparent
The box model allows us to add a border around elements, and to define
space between elements.
Example
Demonstration of the box model:
div {
width: 300px;
border: 15px solid green;
padding: 50px;
margin: 20px;
}
Width and Height of an Element
In order to set the width and height of an element correctly in all
browsers, you need to know how the box model works.
Important: When you set the width and height properties of an element with
CSS, you just set the width and height of the content area. To calculate the
full size of an element, you must also add padding, borders and margins.
Example
This <div> element will have a total width of 350px:
div {
width: 320px;
padding: 10px;
border: 5px solid gray;
margin: 0;
}
Here is the calculation:
320px (width)
+ 20px (left + right padding)
+ 10px (left + right border)
+ 0px (left + right margin)
= 350px
The total width of an element should be calculated like this:
Total element width = width + left padding + right padding + left border
+ right border + left margin + right margin
The total height of an element should be calculated like this:
Total element height = height + top padding + bottom padding + top

border + bottom border + top margin + bottom margin
Exercise:
Set the width of the <div> element to "200px".
<style> {
: ;
}
</style>
<body>
<div>
Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet,
consectetur adipiscing elit,
sed do eiusmod tempor incididunt
ut labore et dolore magna aliqua.
</div>
</body>
CSS Website Layout

Website Layout
A website is often divided into headers, menus, content and a footer:
Header
Navigation Menu
Content
Main Content
Content
Footer
There are tons of different layout designs to choose from. However, the
structure above, is one of the most common, and we will take a closer
look at it in this tutorial.
Header
A header is usually located at the top of the website (or right below a top
navigation menu). It often contains a logo or the website name:
Example
<!DOCTYPE html>
<html lang="en">
<head>
<title>CSS Website Layout</title>
<meta charset="utf-8">
<meta name="viewport" content="width=device-width, initial-

scale=1">
<style>
body {
margin: 0;
/* Style the header */
.header {
background-color: #f1f1f1;
padding: 20px;
text-align: center;
</style>
</head>
<body>
<div class="header">
<h1>Header</h1>
</div>
</body>
</html>
Navigation Bar
A navigation bar contains a list of links to help visitors navigating through
your website:
Example
<!DOCTYPE html>
<html lang="en">
<head>
<meta name="viewport" content="width=device-width, initial-scale=1">
<style>
* {
box-sizing: border-box;
body {
margin: 0;
.header {
padding: 20px;
text-align: center;
}
/* Style the top navigation bar */
.topnav {
overflow: hidden;
/* Style the topnav links */
.topnav a {
float: left;
display: block;
color: #f2f2f2;
text-align: center;
padding: 14px 16px;
/* Change color on hover */
.topnav a:hover {
background-color: #ddd;
color: black;
</style>
</head>
<body>
<h1>Header</h1>
</div>
<div class="topnav">
<a href="#">Link</a>
</div>
</body>
</html>
Content
The layout in this section, often depends on the target users. The most
common layout is one (or combining them) of the following:
 1-column (often used for mobile browsers)

 2-column (often used for tablets and laptops)
 3-column layout (only used for desktops)
1-column:
2-column:
3-column:
We will create a 3-column layout, and change it to a 1-column layout on

smaller screens:
Example
<!DOCTYPE html>
<html lang="en">
<head>
<style>
*{
}
body {
margin: 0;
}

.header {
padding: 20px;
text-align: center;
}

.topnav {
overflow: hidden;
}

.topnav a {
float: left;
display: block;
color: #f2f2f2;
text-align: center;
padding: 14px 16px;
}

.topnav a:hover {
color: black;
}
/* Create three equal columns that floats next to each other */

.column {
float: left;
width: 33.33%;
padding: 15px;
}
/* Clear floats after the columns */

.row::after {
content: "";
display: table;
clear: both;
}
/* Responsive layout - makes the three columns stack on top of each other instead of next to each other */
@media screen and (max-width:600px) {
.column {
width: 100%;
}
}
</style>
</head>
<body>
<h1>Header</h1>
<p>Resize the browser window to see the responsive effect.</p>
</div>
</div>
<div class="row">
<div class="column">
<h2>Column</h2>
<p>Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipiscing elit. Maecenas sit amet pretium urna. Vivamus venenatis
velit nec neque ultricies, eget elementum magna tristique. Quisque vehicula, risus eget aliquam placerat, purus leo
tincidunt eros, eget luctus quam orci in velit. Praesent scelerisque tortor sed accumsan convallis.</p>
</div>
<h2>Column</h2>
</div>
<h2>Column</h2>
</div>
</div>
</body>
</html>
Tip: To create a 2-column layout, change the width to 50%. To create a

4-column layout, use 25%, etc.
Unequal Columns
The main content is the biggest and the most important part of your site.
It is common with unequal column widths, so that most of the space is

reserved for the main content. The side content (if any) is often used as
an alternative navigation or to specify information relevant to the main
content. Change the widths as you like, only remember that it should add
up to 100% in total:
Example
<!DOCTYPE html>
<html lang="en">
<head>

scale=1">
<style>
* {
body {
margin: 0;
.header {
padding: 20px;
text-align: center;
.topnav {
overflow: hidden;
.topnav a {
float: left;
display: block;
color: #f2f2f2;
text-align: center;
padding: 14px 16px;
.topnav a:hover {
color: black;
/* Create three unequal columns that floats next to each other */
.column {
float: left;
padding: 10px;
}
/* Left and right column */
.column.side {
width: 25%;
/* Middle column */
.column.middle {
width: 50%;
.row::after {
content: "";
display: table;
clear: both;
/* Responsive layout - makes the three columns stack on top of each

other instead of next to each other */
@media screen and (max-width: 600px) {
.column.side, .column.middle {
width: 100%;
/* Style the footer */
.footer {
padding: 10px;
text-align: center;
</style>
</head>
<body>
<h1>Header</h1>
</div>
</div>
<div class="row">
<div class="column side">
<h2>Side</h2>
<p>Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipiscing

elit..</p>
</div>
<div class="column middle">
<h2>Main Content</h2>
<p>Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipiscing elit.
Maecenas sit amet pretium urna. Vivamus venenatis velit nec neque
ultricies, eget elementum magna tristique. Quisque vehicula, risus
eget aliquam placerat, purus leo tincidunt eros, eget luctus quam
orci in velit. Praesent scelerisque tortor sed accumsan
convallis.</p>
<p>Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipiscing elit.

Maecenas sit amet pretium urna. Vivamus venenatis velit nec neque
ultricies, eget elementum magna tristique. Quisque vehicula, risus
eget aliquam placerat, purus leo tincidunt eros, eget luctus quam
orci in velit. Praesent scelerisque tortor sed accumsan
convallis.</p>
</div>
<div class="column side">
<h2>Side</h2>
<p>Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipiscing

elit..</p>
</div>
</div>
</body>
</html>
Footer
The footer is placed at the bottom of your page. It often contains
information like copyright and contact info:
Example
<div class="footer">
<p>Footer</p>
</div>
Responsive Website Layout
By using some of the CSS code above, we have created a responsive
website layout, which varies between two columns and full-width columns
depending on screen width:
<!DOCTYPE html>
<html>
<head>
<style>
* {
body {
font-family: Arial;
padding: 10px;
background: #f1f1f1;
/* Header/Blog Title */
.header {
padding: 30px;
text-align: center;
background: white;
.header h1 {
font-size: 50px;
.topnav {
overflow: hidden;
}
.topnav a {
float: left;
display: block;
color: #f2f2f2;
text-align: center;
padding: 14px 16px;
.topnav a:hover {
color: black;
/* Create two unequal columns that floats next to each other */
/* Left column */
.leftcolumn {
float: left;
width: 75%;
/* Right column */
.rightcolumn {
float: left;
width: 25%;
padding-left: 20px;
}
/* Fake image */
.fakeimg {
background-color: #aaa;
width: 100%;
padding: 20px;
/* Add a card effect for articles */
.card {
background-color: white;
padding: 20px;
margin-top: 20px;
.row::after {
content: "";
display: table;
clear: both;
/* Footer */
.footer {
padding: 20px;
text-align: center;
background: #ddd;
margin-top: 20px;
}
/* Responsive layout - when the screen is less than 800px wide, make the two
columns stack on top of each other instead of next to each other */
.leftcolumn, .rightcolumn {
width: 100%;
padding: 0;
/* Responsive layout - when the screen is less than 400px wide, make the
navigation links stack on top of each other instead of next to each other */
.topnav a {
float: none;
width: 100%;
</style>
</head>
<body>
<h1>My Website</h1>
<p>Resize the browser window to see the effect.</p>
</div>
<a href="#" style="float:right">Link</a>

</div>
<div class="row">
<div class="leftcolumn">
<div class="card">
<h2>TITLE HEADING</h2>
<h5>Title description, Dec 7, 2017</h5>
<div class="fakeimg" style="height:200px;">Image</div>
<p>Some text..</p>
<p>Sunt in culpa qui officia deserunt mollit anim id est laborum

consectetur adipiscing elit, sed do eiusmod tempor incididunt ut labore et
dolore magna aliqua. Ut enim ad minim veniam, quis nostrud exercitation
ullamco.</p>
</div>
<div class="card">
<h2>TITLE HEADING</h2>
<h5>Title description, Sep 2, 2017</h5>
<p>Some text..</p>
<p>Sunt in culpa qui officia deserunt mollit anim id est laborum

consectetur adipiscing elit, sed do eiusmod tempor incididunt ut labore et
dolore magna aliqua. Ut enim ad minim veniam, quis nostrud exercitation
ullamco.</p>
</div>
</div>
<div class="rightcolumn">
<div class="card">
<h2>About Me</h2>
<p>Some text about me in culpa qui officia deserunt mollit anim..</p>
</div>
<div class="card">
<h3>Popular Post</h3>
<div class="fakeimg"><p>Image</p></div>
</div>
<div class="card">
<h3>Follow Me</h3>
<p>Some text..</p>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<h2>Footer</h2>
</div>
</body>
</html>
CSS Layout - The

position Property
The position property specifies the type of positioning method
used for an element (static, relative, fixed, absolute or sticky).
The position Property

The position property specifies the type of positioning method used for
an element.
There are five different position values:
 static
 relative
 fixed
 absolute
 sticky
Elements are then positioned using the top, bottom, left, and right
properties. However, these properties will not work unless
the position property is set first. They also work differently depending on
the position value.
position: static;
HTML elements are positioned static by default.
Static positioned elements are not affected by the top, bottom, left, and
right properties.
An element with position: static; is not positioned in any special way;

it is always positioned according to the normal flow of the page:
This <div> element has position: static;
Here is the CSS that is used:
Example
<!DOCTYPE html>
<html>
<head>
<style>
div.static {
position: static;
border: 3px solid #73AD21;

}
</style>
</head>
<body>
<h2>position: static;</h2>
<p>An element with position: static; is not positioned in any

special way; it is always positioned according to the normal flow
of the page:</p>
<div class="static">
This div element has position: static;
</div>
</body>
</html>
position: relative;
An element with position: relative; is positioned relative to its normal
position.
Setting the top, right, bottom, and left properties of a relatively-

positioned element will cause it to be adjusted away from its normal
position. Other content will not be adjusted to fit into any gap left by the
element.
This <div> element has position: relative;
<!DOCTYPE html>
<html>
<head>
<style>
div.relative {
position: relative;
left: 30px;
</style>
</head>
<body>
<h2>position: relative;</h2>
<p>An element with position: relative; is positioned relative to

its normal position:</p>
<div class="relative">
This div element has position: relative;
</div>
</body>
</html>
position: fixed;
An element with position: fixed; is positioned relative to the viewport,
which means it always stays in the same place even if the page is
scrolled. The top, right, bottom, and left properties are used to position
the element.
A fixed element does not leave a gap in the page where it would normally
have been located.
Notice the fixed element in the lower-right corner of the page. Here is the
CSS that is used:
<!DOCTYPE html>
<html>
<head>
<style>
div.fixed {
position: fixed;
bottom: 0;
right: 0;
width: 300px;
</style>
</head>
<body>
<h2>position: fixed;</h2>
<p>An element with position: fixed; is positioned relative to the

viewport, which means it always stays in the same place even if the
page is scrolled:</p>
<div class="fixed">
This div element has position: fixed;
</div>
</body>
</html>
position: absolute;
An element with position: absolute; is positioned relative to the nearest
positioned ancestor (instead of positioned relative to the viewport, like
fixed).
However; if an absolute positioned element has no positioned ancestors,

it uses the document body, and moves along with page scrolling.
Note: Absolute positioned elements are removed from the normal flow,
and can overlap elements.
Here is a simple example:

This <div> element has position: relative;
This <div> element has position: absolute;
Example
<!DOCTYPE html>
<html>
<head>
<style>
div.relative {
position: relative;
width: 400px;
height: 200px;
div.absolute {
position: absolute;
top: 80px;
right: 0;
width: 200px;
height: 100px;
</style>
</head>
<body>
<h2>position: absolute;</h2>
<p>An element with position: absolute; is positioned relative to

the nearest positioned ancestor (instead of positioned relative to
the viewport, like fixed):</p>
<div class="relative">This div element has position: relative;
<div class="absolute">This div element has position:

absolute;</div>
</div>
</body>
</html>
position: sticky;
An element with position: sticky; is positioned based on the user's
scroll position.
A sticky element toggles between relative and fixed, depending on the

scroll position. It is positioned relative until a given offset position is met
in the viewport - then it "sticks" in place (like position:fixed).
Note: Internet Explorer does not support sticky positioning. Safari requires a -
webkit- prefix (see example below). You must also specify at least one
of top, right, bottom or left for sticky positioning to work.
In this example, the sticky element sticks to the top of the page (top: 0),
when you reach its scroll position.
Example
<!DOCTYPE html>
<html>
<head>
<style>
div.sticky {
position: -webkit-sticky;
position: sticky;
top: 0;
padding: 5px;
background-color: #cae8ca;
border: 2px solid #4CAF50;
</style>
</head>
<body>
<p>Try to <b>scroll</b> inside this frame to understand how sticky

positioning works.</p>
<div class="sticky">I am sticky!</div>
<div style="padding-bottom:2000px">
<p>In this example, the sticky element sticks to the top of the
page (top: 0), when you reach its scroll position.</p>
<p>Scroll back up to remove the stickyness.</p>
<p>Some text to enable scrolling.. Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet,

illum definitiones no quo, maluisset concludaturque et eum, altera
fabulas ut quo. Atqui causae gloriatur ius te, id agam omnis
evertitur eum. Affert laboramus repudiandae nec et. Inciderint
efficiantur his ad. Eum no molestiae voluptatibus.</p>
<p>Some text to enable scrolling.. Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet,

illum definitiones no quo, maluisset concludaturque et eum, altera
fabulas ut quo. Atqui causae gloriatur ius te, id agam omnis
evertitur eum. Affert laboramus repudiandae nec et. Inciderint
efficiantur his ad. Eum no molestiae voluptatibus.</p>
</div>
</body>
</html>
Positioning Text In an Image

How to position text over an image:
Top-Left
<!DOCTYPE html>
<html>
<head>
<style>
.container {
position: relative;
.topleft {
position: absolute;
top: 8px;
left: 16px;
font-size: 18px;
img {
width: 100%;
height: auto;
opacity: 0.3;
</style>
</head>
<body>
<h2>Image Text</h2>
<p>Add some text to an image in the top left corner:</p>
<div class="container">
<img src="img_5terre_wide.jpg" alt="Cinque Terre" width="1000" height="300">
<div class="topleft">Top Left</div>
</div>
</body>
</html>
TOP-RIGHT
<!DOCTYPE html>
<html>
<head>
<style>
.container {
position: relative;
.topright {
position: absolute;
top: 8px;
right: 16px;
font-size: 18px;
img {
width: 100%;
height: auto;
opacity: 0.3;
}
</style>
</head>
<body>
<h2>Image Text</h2>
<p>Add some text to an image in the top right corner:</p>
<div class="topright">Top Right</div>
</div>
</body>
</html>
BOTTOM-LEFT
<!DOCTYPE html>
<html>
<head>
<style>
.container {
position: relative;
.bottomleft {
position: absolute;
bottom: 8px;
left: 16px;
font-size: 18px;
img {
width: 100%;
height: auto;
opacity: 0.3;
</style>
</head>
<body>
<h2>Image Text</h2>
<p>Add some text to an image in the bottom left corner:</p>
<div class="bottomleft">Bottom Left</div>
</div>
</body>
</html>
BOTTOM-RIGHT
<!DOCTYPE html>
<html>
<head>
<style>
.container {
position: relative;
.bottomright {
position: absolute;
bottom: 8px;
right: 16px;
font-size: 18px;
img {
width: 100%;
height: auto;
opacity: 0.3;
</style>
</head>
<body>
<h2>Image Text</h2>
<p>Add some text to an image in the bottom right corner:</p>
<div class="bottomright">Bottom Right</div>
</div>
</body>
</html>
CENTERED
<!DOCTYPE html>
<html>
<head>
<style>
.container {
position: relative;
.center {
position: absolute;
top: 50%;
width: 100%;
text-align: center;
font-size: 18px;
img {
width: 100%;
height: auto;
opacity: 0.3;
</style>
</head>
<body>
<h2>Image Text</h2>
<p>Center text in image:</p>
<div class="center">Centered</div>
</div>
</body>
</html>
Exercise:
Position the <h1> element to always be 50px from the top, and 10px
from the right, relative to the window/frame edges.
<style>
h1 {
: ;
: 50px;
: 10px;
}
</style>
<body>
<p>This is a paragraph</p>
</body>
All CSS Positioning Properties

bottom Sets the bottom margin edge for a positioned box
clip Clips an absolutely positioned element
left Sets the left margin edge for a positioned box
position Specifies the type of positioning for an element
right Sets the right margin edge for a positioned box
top Sets the top margin edge for a positioned box
*Week 4:*
HTML class Attribute

The HTML class attribute is used to specify a class for an HTML
element.
Multiple HTML elements can share the same class.
Using The class Attribute

The class attribute is often used to point to a class name in a style sheet.
It can also be used by a JavaScript to access and manipulate elements
with the specific class name.
In the following example we have three <div> elements with

a class attribute with the value of "city". All of the three <div> elements
will be styled equally according to the .city style definition in the head
section:
Example
<!DOCTYPE html>
<html>
<head>
<style>
.city {
background-color: tomato;
color: white;
margin: 20px;
padding: 20px;
}
</style>
</head>
<body>
<div class="city">
<h2>London</h2>
<p>London is the capital of England.</p>
</div>
<div class="city">
<h2>Paris</h2>
<p>Paris is the capital of France.</p>
</div>
<div class="city">
<h2>Tokyo</h2>
<p>Tokyo is the capital of Japan.</p>
</div>
</body>
</html>
In the following example we have two <span> elements with

a class attribute with the value of "note". Both <span> elements will be
styled equally according to the .note style definition in the head section:
<!DOCTYPE html>
<html>
<head>
<style>
.note {
font-size: 120%;
color: red;
}
</style>
</head>
<body>
<h1>My <span class="note">Important</span> Heading</h1>

<p>This is some <span class="note">important</span> text.</p>
</body>
</html>
Tip: The class attribute can be used on any HTML element.

Note: The class name is case sensitive!
The Syntax For Class

To create a class; write a period (.) character, followed by a class name.
Then, define the CSS properties within curly braces {}:
Example
Create a class named "city":
<!DOCTYPE html>
<html>
<head>
<style>
.city {
color: white;
padding: 10px;
}
</style>
</head>
<body>
<h2 class="city">London</h2>
<h2 class="city">Paris</h2>
<h2 class="city">Tokyo</h2>
</body>
</html>
Multiple Classes
HTML elements can belong to more than one class.
To define multiple classes, separate the class names with a space, e.g.
<div class="city main">. The element will be styled according to all the
classes specified.
In the following example, the first <h2> element belongs to both

the city class and also to the main class, and will get the CSS styles from
both of the classes:
<h2 class="city main">London</h2>

Different Elements Can Share Same

Class
Different HTML elements can point to the same class name.
In the following example, both <h2> and <p> point to the "city" class and
will share the same style:
Example
<p class="city">Paris is the capital of France</p>
Use of The class Attribute in JavaScript

The class name can also be used by JavaScript to perform certain tasks
for specific elements.
JavaScript can access elements with a specific class name with
the getElementsByClassName() method:
Example
Click on a button to hide all elements with the class name "city":
<!DOCTYPE html>
<html>
<body>
<h2>Use of The class Attribute in JavaScript</h2>
<p>Click the button to hide all elements with class name

"city":</p>
<button onclick="myFunction()">Hide elements</button>
<script>
function myFunction() {
var x = document.getElementsByClassName("city");
for (var i = 0; i < x.length; i++) {
x[i].style.display = "none";
</script>
</body>
</html>
Don't worry if you don't understand the code in the example above.
You will learn more about JavaScript in coming lessons
Chapter Summary
 The HTML class attribute specifies one or more class names for an
element
 Classes are used by CSS and JavaScript to select and access specific
elements
 The class attribute can be used on any HTML element
 The class name is case sensitive
 Different HTML elements can point to the same class name
 JavaScript can access elements with a specific class name with
the getElementsByClassName() method
Exercise:
Create a class selector named "special".
Add a color property with the value "blue" inside the "special" class.
<!DOCTYPE html>
<html>
<head>
<style>
</style>
</head>
<body>
<p class="special">My paragraph</p>
</body>
</html>
HTML id Attribute
The HTML id attribute is used to specify a unique id for an HTML
element.
You cannot have more than one element with the same id in an
HTML document.
Using The id Attribute

The id attribute specifies a unique id for an HTML element. The value of
the id attribute must be unique within the HTML document.
The id attribute is used to point to a specific style declaration in a style

sheet. It is also used by JavaScript to access and manipulate the element
with the specific id.
The syntax for id is: write a hash character (#), followed by an id name.
Then, define the CSS properties within curly braces {}.
In the following example we have an <h1> element that points to the id

name "myHeader". This <h1> element will be styled according to
the #myHeader style definition in the head section:
<!DOCTYPE html>
<html>
<head>
<style>
#myHeader {
color: black;
padding: 40px;
text-align: center;
}
</style>
</head>
<body>
<h1 id="myHeader">My Header</h1>
</body>
</html>
Note: The id name is case sensitive!

Note: The id name must contain at least one character, cannot start with a
number, and must not contain whitespaces (spaces, tabs, etc.).
Difference Between Class and ID

A class name can be used by multiple HTML elements, while an id name
must only be used by one HTML element within the page:
Example
<!DOCTYPE html>
<html>
<head>
<style>
/* Style the element with the id "myHeader" */
#myHeader {
color: black;
padding: 40px;
text-align: center;
}
/* Style all elements with the class name "city" */

.city {
color: white;
padding: 10px;
}
</style>
</head>
<body>
<h2>Difference Between Class and ID</h2>

<p>A class name can be used by multiple HTML elements, while an id name must only be used by one HTML element
within the page:</p>


<h1 id="myHeader">My Cities</h1>


</body>
</html>
Using The id Attribute in JavaScript

The id attribute can also be used by JavaScript to perform some tasks for
that specific element.
JavaScript can access an element with a specific id with

the getElementById() method:
Example
Use the id attribute to manipulate text with JavaScript:
<!DOCTYPE html>
<html>
<body>
<h2>Using The id Attribute in JavaScript</h2>
<p>JavaScript can access an element with a specified id by using
the getElementById() method:</p>
<h1 id="myHeader">Hello World!</h1>

<button onclick="displayResult()">Change text</button>
<script>
function displayResult() {
document.getElementById("myHeader").innerHTML = "Have a nice
day!";
}
</script>
</body>
</html>
Chapter Summary
 The id attribute is used to specify a unique id for an HTML element
 The value of the id attribute must be unique within the HTML
document
 The id attribute is used by CSS and JavaScript to style/select a
specific element
 The value of the id attribute is case sensitive
 The id attribute is also used to create HTML bookmarks
 JavaScript can access an element with a specific id with
the getElementById() method
Exercise:
Add the correct HTML attribute to make the H1 element red.
<!DOCTYPE html>
<html>
<head>
<style>
#myheader {color:red;}
</style>
</head>
<body>
<h1 >My Home Page</h1>
</body>
</html>
HTML Semantic
Elements
Semantic elements = elements with a meaning.
What are Semantic Elements?

A semantic element clearly describes its meaning to both the browser
and the developer.
Examples of non-semantic elements: <div> and <span> - Tells nothing

about its content.
Examples of semantic elements: <form>, <table>, and <article> -

Clearly defines its content.
Semantic Elements in HTML

Many web sites contain HTML code like: <div id="nav"> <div
class="header"> <div id="footer"> to indicate navigation, header, and
footer.
In HTML there are some semantic elements that can be used to define
different parts of a web page:
 <article>
 <aside>
 <details>
 <figcaption>
 <figure>
 <footer>
 <header>
 <main>
 <mark>
 <nav>
 <section>
 <summary>
 <time>
HTML <section> Element
The <section> element defines a section in a document.
According to W3C's HTML documentation: "A section is a thematic

grouping of content, typically with a heading."
Examples of where a <section> element can be used:
 Chapters
 Introduction
 News items
 Contact information
A web page could normally be split into sections for introduction, content,
and contact information.
Example
Two sections in a document:
<!DOCTYPE html>
<html>
<body>
<section>
<h1>WWF</h1>
<p>The World Wide Fund for Nature (WWF) is an international organization working on
issues regarding the conservation, research and restoration of the environment, formerly
named the World Wildlife Fund. WWF was founded in 1961.</p>
</section>
<section>
<h1>WWF's Panda symbol</h1>
<p>The Panda has become the symbol of WWF. The well-known panda logo of WWF
originated from a panda named Chi Chi that was transferred from the Beijing Zoo to the
London Zoo in the same year of the establishment of WWF.</p>
</section>
</body>
</html>
HTML <article> Element

The <article> element specifies independent, self-contained content.
An article should make sense on its own, and it should be possible to

distribute it independently from the rest of the web site.
Examples of where the <article> element can be used:
 Forum posts
 Blog posts
 User comments
 Product cards
 Newspaper articles
Example
Three articles with independent, self-contained content:
<!DOCTYPE html>
<html>
<head>
<style>
.all-browsers {
margin: 0;
padding: 5px;
background-color: lightgray;
}
.all-browsers > h1, .browser {

margin: 10px;
padding: 5px;
}
.browser {
background: white;
}
.browser > h2, p {

margin: 4px;
font-size: 90%;
}
</style>
</head>
<body>
<article class="all-browsers">
<h1>Most Popular Browsers</h1>
<article class="browser">
<h2>Google Chrome</h2>
<p>Google Chrome is a web browser developed by Google, released
in 2008. Chrome is the world's most popular web browser today!</p>
</article>
<h2>Mozilla Firefox</h2>
<p>Mozilla Firefox is an open-source web browser developed by
Mozilla. Firefox has been the second most popular web browser since
January, 2018.</p>
</article>
<h2>Microsoft Edge</h2>
<p>Microsoft Edge is a web browser developed by Microsoft,
released in 2015. Microsoft Edge replaced Internet Explorer.</p>
</article>
</article>
</body>
</html>
Nesting <article> in <section> or Vice

Versa?
The <article> element specifies independent, self-contained content.
The <section> element defines section in a document.
Can we use the definitions to decide how to nest those elements? No, we
cannot!
So, you will find HTML pages with <section> elements

containing <article> elements, and <article> elements
containing <section> elements.
HTML <header> Element

The <header> element represents a container for introductory content or a
set of navigational links.
A <header> element typically contains:
 one or more heading elements (<h1> - <h6>)

 logo or icon
 authorship information
Note: You can have several <header> elements in one HTML document.
However, <header> cannot be placed within a <footer>, <address> or
another <header> element.
Example
A header for an <article>:
<article>
<header>
<h1>What Does WWF Do?</h1>
<p>WWF's mission:</p>
</header>
<p>WWF's mission is to stop the degradation of our planet's natural
environment,
and build a future in which humans live in harmony with nature.</p>
</article>
HTML <footer> Element

The <footer> element defines a footer for a document or section.
A <footer> element typically contains:
 authorship information
 copyright information
 contact information
 sitemap
 back to top links
 related documents
You can have several <footer> elements in one document.

Example
A footer section in a document:
<footer>
<p>Author: Hege Refsnes</p>
<p><a href="mailto:[email protected]">[email protected]</a></p>
</footer>
HTML <nav> Element

The <nav> element defines a set of navigation links.
Notice that NOT all links of a document should be inside a <nav> element.
The <nav> element is intended only for major blocks of navigation links.
Browsers, such as screen readers for disabled users, can use this element to
determine whether to omit the initial rendering of this content.
Example
A set of navigation links:
<nav>
<a href="/html/">HTML</a> |
<a href="/css/">CSS</a> |
<a href="/js/">JavaScript</a> |
<a href="/jquery/">jQuery</a>
</nav>
HTML <aside> Element

The <aside> element defines some content aside from the content it is
placed in (like a sidebar).
The <aside> content should be indirectly related to the surrounding
content.
Example
Display some content aside from the content it is placed in with css styling:
<html>
<head>
<style>
aside {
width: 30%;
padding-left: 15px;
margin-left: 15px;
float: right;
font-style: italic;
background-color: lightgray;
}
</style>
</head>
<body>
<p>My family and I visited The Epcot center this summer. The
weather was nice, and Epcot was amazing! I had a great summer
together with my family!</p>
<aside>
<p>The Epcot center is a theme park at Walt Disney World Resort
featuring exciting attractions, international pavilions, award-
winning fireworks and seasonal special events.</p>
</aside>
</body>
</html>
HTML <figure> and <figcaption>
Elements
The <figure> tag specifies self-contained content, like illustrations,
diagrams, photos, code listings, etc.
The <figcaption> tag defines a caption for a <figure> element.

The <figcaption> element can be placed as the first or as the last child of
a <figure> element.
The <img> element defines the actual image/illustration.
<figure>
<img src="pic_trulli.jpg" alt="Trulli">
<figcaption>Fig1. - Trulli, Puglia, Italy.</figcaption>
</figure>
Why Semantic Elements?

According to the W3C: "A semantic Web allows data to be shared and
reused across applications, enterprises, and communities."
Semantic Elements in HTML

Below is a list of some of the semantic elements in HTML.
Tag Description
<article> Defines independent, self-contained content
<aside> Defines content aside from the page content
<details> Defines additional details that the user can view or hide
<figcaption> Defines a caption for a <figure> element
<figure> Specifies self-contained content, like illustrations, diagrams,

photos, code listings, etc.
<footer> Defines a footer for a document or section

<header> Specifies a header for a document or section
<main> Specifies the main content of a document
<mark> Defines marked/highlighted text
<nav> Defines navigation links
<section> Defines a section in a document
<summary> Defines a visible heading for a <details> element
<time> Defines a date/time
HTML Layout Elements

and Techniques
Websites often display content in multiple columns (like a
magazine or a newspaper).
<!DOCTYPE html>
<html lang="en">
<head>
<title>CSS Template</title>
<style>
*{
body {
font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;

}
header {
padding: 30px;
text-align: center;
font-size: 35px;
color: white;
/* Create two columns/boxes that floats next to each other */
nav {
float: left;
width: 30%;
height: 300px; /* only for demonstration, should be removed */
background: #ccc;
padding: 20px;
/* Style the list inside the menu */
nav ul {
padding: 0;
article {
float: left;
padding: 20px;
width: 70%;
}
section::after {
content: "";
display: table;
clear: both;
footer {
padding: 10px;
text-align: center;
color: white;
/* Responsive layout - makes the two columns/boxes stack on top of each other instead of
next to each other, on small screens */
@media (max-width: 600px) {
nav, article {
width: 100%;
height: auto;
</style>
</head>
<body>
<h2>CSS Layout Float</h2>
<p>In this example, we have created a header, two columns/boxes and a footer. On smaller
screens, the columns will stack on top of each other.</p>
<p>Resize the browser window to see the responsive effect (you will learn more about this in
our next chapter - HTML Responsive.)</p>
<header>
<h2>Cities</h2>
</header>
<section>
<nav>
<ul>
<li><a href="#">London</a></li>
<li><a href="#">Paris</a></li>
<li><a href="#">Tokyo</a></li>
</ul>
</nav>
<article>
<h1>London</h1>
<p>London is the capital city of England. It is the most populous city in the United
Kingdom, with a metropolitan area of over 13 million inhabitants.</p>
<p>Standing on the River Thames, London has been a major settlement for two millennia,
its history going back to its founding by the Romans, who named it Londinium.</p>
</article>
</section>
<footer>
<p>Footer</p>
</footer>
</body>
</html>
HTML Layout Elements

HTML has several semantic elements that define the different parts of a
web page:
 <header> - Defines a header for a document or
a section
 <nav> - Defines a set of navigation links
 <section> - Defines a section in a document
 <article> - Defines an independent, self-
contained content
 <aside> - Defines content aside from the
content (like a sidebar)
 <footer> - Defines a footer for a document or a
section
 <details> - Defines additional details that the
user can open and close on demand
 <summary> - Defines a heading for
the <details> element
HTML Layout Techniques

There are four different techniques to create multicolumn layouts. Each
technique has its pros and cons:
 CSS framework
 CSS float property
 CSS flexbox
 CSS grid
CSS Frameworks
If you want to create your layout fast, you can use a CSS framework,
like W3.CSS or Bootstrap or Tailwind CSS
CSS Float Layout

It is common to do entire web layouts using the CSS float property.
Float is easy to learn - you just need to remember how
the float and clear properties work. Disadvantages: Floating elements
are tied to the document flow, which may harm the flexibility.
<!DOCTYPE html>
<html lang="en">
<head>
<style>
*{
body {
header {
padding: 30px;
text-align: center;
font-size: 35px;
color: white;
/* Create two columns/boxes that floats next to each other */
nav {
float: left;
width: 30%;
background: #ccc;
padding: 20px;
}
nav ul {
padding: 0;
article {
float: left;
padding: 20px;
width: 70%;
section::after {
content: "";
display: table;
clear: both;
footer {
padding: 10px;
text-align: center;
color: white;
}
/* Responsive layout - makes the two columns/boxes stack on top of each other instead of
next to each other, on small screens */
nav, article {
width: 100%;
height: auto;
</style>
</head>
<body>
<h2>CSS Layout Float</h2>
<p>Resize the browser window to see the responsive effect (you will learn more about this in
our next chapter - HTML Responsive.)</p>
<header>
<h2>Cities</h2>
</header>
<section>
<nav>
<ul>
</ul>
</nav>
<article>
<h1>London</h1>
</article>
</section>
<footer>
<p>Footer</p>
</footer>
</body>
</html>
CSS Flexbox Layout

Use of flexbox ensures that elements behave predictably when the page
layout must accommodate different screen sizes and different display
devices.
<!DOCTYPE html>
<html lang="en">
<head>
<style>
*{
body {
}
header {
padding: 30px;
text-align: center;
font-size: 35px;
color: white;
/* Container for flexboxes */
section {
display: -webkit-flex;
display: flex;
/* Style the navigation menu */
nav {
-webkit-flex: 1;
-ms-flex: 1;
flex: 1;
background: #ccc;
padding: 20px;
nav ul {
padding: 0;
}
/* Style the content */
article {
-webkit-flex: 3;
-ms-flex: 3;
flex: 3;
padding: 10px;
footer {
padding: 10px;
text-align: center;
color: white;
/* Responsive layout - makes the menu and the content (inside the section) sit on top of
each other instead of next to each other */
section {
-webkit-flex-direction: column;
flex-direction: column;
</style>
</head>
<body>
<h2>CSS Layout Flexbox</h2>
<header>
<h2>Cities</h2>
</header>
<section>
<nav>
<ul>
</ul>
</nav>
<article>
<h1>London</h1>
</article>
</section>
<footer>
<p>Footer</p>
</footer>
</body>
</html>
CSS Grid Layout

The CSS Grid Layout Module offers a grid-based layout system, with rows
and columns, making it easier to design web pages without having to use
floats and positioning.
HTML Responsive Web

Design
Responsive web design is about creating web pages that look
good on all devices!
A responsive web design will automatically adjust for different

screen sizes and viewports.
What is Responsive Web Design?

Responsive Web Design is about using HTML and CSS to automatically
resize, hide, shrink, or enlarge, a website, to make it look good on all
devices (desktops, tablets, and phones):
Setting The Viewport

To create a responsive website, add the following <meta> tag to all your
web pages:
Example

scale=1.0">
This will set the viewport of your page, which will give the browser
instructions on how to control the page's dimensions and scaling.
Responsive Images
Responsive images are images that scale nicely to fit any browser size.
Using the width Property

If the CSS width property is set to 100%, the image will be responsive
and scale up and down:
<img src="img_girl.jpg" style="width:100%;">
Notice that in the example above, the image can be scaled up to be

larger than its original size. A better solution, in many cases, will be to
use the max-width property instead.
Using the max-width Property

If the max-width property is set to 100%, the image will scale down if it
has to, but never scale up to be larger than its original size:
<img src="img_girl.jpg" style="max-width:100%;height:auto;">
Show Different Images Depending on Browser

Width
The HTML <picture> element allows you to define different images for
different browser window sizes.
Resize the browser window to see how the image below changes
depending on the width:
<!DOCTYPE html>
<html>
<head>

scale=1.0">
</head>
<body>
<h2>Show Different Images Depending on Browser Width</h2>
<p>Resize the browser width and the image will change at 600px and
1500px.</p>
<picture>
<source srcset="img_smallflower.jpg" media="(max-width: 600px)">
<source srcset="img_flowers.jpg" media="(max-width: 1500px)">
<source srcset="flowers.jpg">
<img src="img_flowers.jpg" alt="Flowers" style="width:auto;">
</picture>
</body>
</html>
Responsive Text Size

The text size can be set with a "vw" unit, which means the "viewport
width".
That way the text size will follow the size of the browser window:
<!DOCTYPE html>
<html>
<head>

scale=1.0">
</head>
<body>
<h1 style="font-size:10vw;">Responsive Text</h1>
<p style="font-size:5vw;">Resize the browser window to see how the

text size scales.</p>
<p style="font-size:5vw;">Use the "vw" unit when sizing the text.
10vw will set the size to 10% of the viewport width.</p>
</body>
</html>
Viewport is the browser window size. 1vw = 1% of viewport width. If the

viewport is 50cm wide, 1vw is 0.5cm.
Media Queries
In addition to resize text and images, it is also common to use media
queries in responsive web pages.
With media queries you can define completely different styles for
different browser sizes.
Example: resize the browser window to see that the three div elements
below will display horizontally on large screens and stack vertically on
small screens:
<!DOCTYPE html>
<html>
<head>

scale=1.0">
<style>
* {
.left {
background-color: #2196F3;
padding: 20px;
float: left;
width: 20%; /* The width is 20%, by default */
.main {
padding: 20px;
float: left;
.right {
background-color: #04AA6D;
padding: 20px;
float: left;
/* Use a media query to add a break point at 800px: */
.left, .main, .right {
width: 100%; /* The width is 100%, when the viewport is 800px

or smaller */
</style>
</head>
<body>
<h2>Media Queries</h2>
<p>Resize the browser window.</p>
<p>Make sure you reach the breakpoint at 800px when resizing this
frame.</p>
<div class="left">
<p>Left Menu</p>
</div>
<div class="main">
<p>Main Content</p>
</div>
<div class="right">
<p>Right Content</p>
</div>
</body>
</html>
Responsive Web Page - Full Example

A responsive web page should look good on large desktop screens and on
small mobile phones.
<!DOCTYPE html>
<html>
<head>
<meta name="viewport" content="width=device-width, initial-scale=1.0">
<style>
* {
.menu {
float: left;
width: 20%;
text-align: center;
.menu a {
background-color: #e5e5e5;
padding: 8px;
margin-top: 7px;
display: block;
width: 100%;
color: black;
.main {
float: left;
width: 60%;
padding: 0 20px;
.right {
background-color: #e5e5e5;
float: left;
width: 20%;
padding: 15px;
margin-top: 7px;
text-align: center;
@media only screen and (max-width: 620px) {
/* For mobile phones: */
.menu, .main, .right {
width: 100%;
}
</style>
</head>
<body style="font-family:Verdana;color:#aaaaaa;">
<div style="background-color:#e5e5e5;padding:15px;text-align:center;">
<h1>Hello World</h1>
</div>
<div style="overflow:auto">
<div class="menu">
<a href="#">Link 1</a>
</div>
<div class="main">
<h2>Lorum Ipsum</h2>
<p>Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetuer adipiscing elit, sed diam nonummy nibh
euismod tincidunt ut laoreet dolore magna aliquam erat volutpat.</p>
</div>
<div class="right">
<h2>About</h2>
<p>Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetuer adipiscing elit.</p>
</div>
</div>
<div style="background-color:#e5e5e5;text-align:center;padding:10px;margin-top:7px;">©
copyright w3schools.com</div>
</body>
</html>
CSS Flexbox
CSS3 Flexbox
Flexible boxes, or flexbox, is a new layout mode in CSS3.
Use of flexbox ensures that elements behave predictably when the page
layout must accommodate different screen sizes and different display
devices.
For many applications, the flexible box model provides an improvement

over the block model in that it does not use floats, nor do the flex
container's margins collapse with the margins of its contents.
CSS3 Flexbox Concepts

Flexbox consists of flex containers and flex items.
A flex container is declared by setting the display property of an element

to either flex (rendered as a block) or inline-flex (rendered as inline).
Inside a flex container there is one or more flex items.
Note: Everything outside a flex container and inside a flex item is

rendered as usual. Flexbox defines how flex items are laid out inside a
flex container.
Flex items are positioned inside a flex container along a flex line. By
default there is only one flex line per flex container.
The following example shows three flex items. They are positioned by
default: along the horizontal flex line, from left to right:
<!DOCTYPE html>
<html>
<head>
<style>
.flex-container {
display: flex;
width: 400px;
height: 250px;
background-color: lightgrey;
}
.flex-item {
background-color: cornflowerblue;
width: 100px;
height: 100px;
margin: 10px;
}
</style>
</head>
<body>
<div class="flex-container">
<div class="flex-item">flex item 1</div>
</div>
</body>
</html>
CSS Flex Container

The flex container properties are:
 flex-direction
 flex-wrap
 flex-flow
 justify-content
 align-items
 align-content
It is also possible to change the direction of the flex line.
If we set the direction property to rtl (right-to-left), the text is drawn

right to left, and also the flex line changes direction, which will change
the page layout:
body {
direction: rtl;
}
.flex-container {
display: flex;
width: 400px;
height: 250px;
}
.flex-item {
width: 100px;
height: 100px;
margin: 10px;
}
Flex Direction
The flex-direction property specifies the direction of the flexible items
inside the flex container. The default value of flex-direction is row (left-
to-right, top-to-bottom).
The other values are as follows:
 row-reverse - If the writing-mode (direction) is left to right, the flex

items will be laid out right to left
 column - If the writing system is horizontal, the flex items will be
laid out vertically
 column-reverse - Same as column, but reversed
The following example shows the result of using the row-reverse value:
.flex-container {
display: flex;
-webkit-flex-direction: row-reverse;
flex-direction: row-reverse;
width: 400px;
height: 250px;
}
The following example shows the result of using the column value:
.flex-container {
display: flex;
-webkit-flex-direction: column;
width: 400px;
height: 250px;
}
The following example shows the result of using the column-

reverse value:
.flex-container {
display: flex;
-webkit-flex-direction: column-reverse;
flex-direction: column-reverse;
width: 400px;
height: 250px;
}
The justify-content Property

The justify-content property horizontally aligns the flexible container's
items when the items do not use all available space on the main-axis.
The possible values are as follows:
 flex-start - Default value. Items are positioned at the beginning of

the container
 flex-end - Items are positioned at the end of the container
 center - Items are positioned at the center of the container
 space-between - Items are positioned with space between the lines
 space-around - Items are positioned with space before, between,
and after the lines
The following example shows the result of using the flex-end value:
Example
.flex-container {
display: flex;
-webkit-justify-content: flex-end;
justify-content: flex-end;
width: 400px;
height: 250px;
}
The following example shows the result of using the center value:
.flex-container {
display: flex;
-webkit-justify-content: center;
justify-content: center;
width: 400px;
height: 250px;
}
The following example shows the result of using the space-between value:
.flex-container {
display: flex;
-webkit-justify-content: space-between;
justify-content: space-between;
width: 400px;
height: 250px;
}
The following example shows the result of using the space-around value:
.flex-container {
display: flex;
-webkit-justify-content: space-around;
justify-content: space-around;
width: 400px;
height: 250px;
}
The align-items Property

The align-items property vertically aligns the flexible container's items
when the items do not use all available space on the cross-axis.
 stretch - Default value. Items are stretched to fit the container

 flex-start - Items are positioned at the top of the container
 flex-end - Items are positioned at the bottom of the container
 center - Items are positioned at the center of the container
(vertically)
 baseline - Items are positioned at the baseline of the container
The following example shows the result of using the stretch value (this is
the default value):
Example
.flex-container {
display: flex;
-webkit-align-items: stretch;
align-items: stretch;
width: 400px;
height: 250px;
}
The following example shows the result of using the flex-start value:
Example
.flex-container {
display: flex;
-webkit-align-items: flex-start;
align-items: flex-start;
width: 400px;
height: 250px;
}
The following example shows the result of using the flex-end value:
Example
.flex-container {
display: flex;
-webkit-align-items: flex-end;
align-items: flex-end;
width: 400px;
height: 250px;
}
.flex-container {
display: flex;
-webkit-align-items: center;
align-items: center;
width: 400px;
height: 250px;
}
The following example shows the result of using the baseline value:
Example
.flex-container {
display: flex;
-webkit-align-items: baseline;
align-items: baseline;
width: 400px;
height: 250px;
}
The flex-wrap Property

The flex-wrap property specifies whether the flex items should wrap or
not, if there is not enough room for them on one flex line.
 nowrap - Default value. The flexible items will not wrap

 wrap - The flexible items will wrap if necessary
 wrap-reverse - The flexible items will wrap, if necessary, in reverse
order
The following example shows the result of using the nowrap value (this is
the default value):
Example
.flex-container {
display: flex;
-webkit-flex-wrap: nowrap;
flex-wrap: nowrap;
width: 300px;
height: 250px;
}
The following example shows the result of using the wrap value:
.flex-container {
display: flex;
-webkit-flex-wrap: wrap;
flex-wrap: wrap;
width: 300px;
height: 250px;
}
The following example shows the result of using the wrap-reverse value:
.flex-container {
display: flex;
-webkit-flex-wrap: wrap-reverse;
flex-wrap: wrap-reverse;
width: 300px;
height: 250px;
}
The align-content Property

The align-content property modifies the behavior of the flex-
wrap property. It is similar to align-items, but instead of aligning flex
items, it aligns flex lines.

 stretch - Default value. Lines stretch to take up the remaining space
 flex-start - Lines are packed toward the start of the flex container
 flex-end - Lines are packed toward the end of the flex container
 center - Lines are packed toward the center of the flex container
 space-between - Lines are evenly distributed in the flex container
 space-around - Lines are evenly distributed in the flex container,
with half-size spaces on either end
Example
.flex-container {
display: flex;
-webkit-flex-wrap: wrap;
flex-wrap: wrap;
-webkit-align-content: center;
align-content: center;
width: 300px;
height: 300px;
}
Flex Item Properties

Ordering
The order property specifies the order of a flexible item relative to the
rest of the flexible items inside the same container:
Example
.flex-item {
width: 100px;
height: 100px;
margin: 10px;
}
.first {
-webkit-order: -1;
order: -1;
}
Margin
Setting margin: auto; will absorb extra space. It can be used to push flex
items into different positions.
In the following example we set margin-right: auto; on the first flex item.
This will cause all the extra space to be absorbed to the right of that
element:
Example
.flex-item {
width: 75px;
height: 75px;
margin: 10px;
}
.flex-item:first-child {
margin-right: auto;
}
Perfect Centering
In the following example we will solve an almost daily problem: perfect
centering.
It is very easy with flexbox. Setting margin: auto; will make the item
perfectly centered in both axis:
Example
.flex-item {
width: 75px;
height: 75px;
margin: auto;
}
align-self
The align-self property of flex items overrides the flex container's align-
items property for that item. It has the same possible values as
the align-items property.
The following example sets different align-self values to each flex item:
Example
.flex-item {
width: 60px;
min-height: 100px;
margin: 10px;
}
.item1 {
-webkit-align-self: flex-start;
align-self: flex-start;
}
.item2 {
-webkit-align-self: flex-end;
align-self: flex-end;
}
.item3 {
-webkit-align-self: center;
align-self: center;
}
.item4 {
-webkit-align-self: baseline;
align-self: baseline;
}
.item5 {
-webkit-align-self: stretch;
align-self: stretch;
}
flex
The flex property specifies the length of the flex item, relative to the rest
of the flex items inside the same container.
In the following example, the first flex item will consume 2/4 of the free
space, and the other two flex items will consume 1/4 of the free space
each:
Example
.flex-item {
margin: 10px;
}
.item1 {
-webkit-flex: 2;
flex: 2;
}
.item2 {
-webkit-flex: 1;
flex: 1;
}
.item3 {
-webkit-flex: 1;
flex: 1;
}
CSS Flex Items

Child Elements (Items)
The direct child elements of a flex container automatically becomes
flexible (flex) items.
<!DOCTYPE html>
<html>
<head>
<style>
.flex-container {
display: flex;
.flex-container > div {
background-color: DodgerBlue;
color: white;
width: 100px;
margin: 10px;
text-align: center;
line-height: 75px;
font-size: 30px;
</style>
</head>
<body>
<h1>Flexible Items</h1>
<div>1</div>
<div>2</div>
<div>3</div>
<div>4</div>
</div>
<p>All direct children of a flexible container becomes flexible items.</p>
</body>
</html>
The flex item properties are:
 order
 flex-grow
 flex-shrink
 flex-basis
 flex
 align-self
The order Property

The order property specifies the order of the flex items.
The first flex item in the code does not have to appear as the first item in
the layout.
The order value must be a number, default value is 0.
Example
The order property can change the order of the flex items:
<div style="order: 3">1</div>
</div>
The flex-grow Property

The flex-grow property specifies how much a flex item will grow relative
to the rest of the flex items.
The value must be a number, default value is 0.
Example
Make the third flex item grow eight times faster than the other flex items:
<div style="flex-grow: 1">1</div>
</div>
The flex-shrink Property

The flex-shrink property specifies how much a flex item will shrink
relative to the rest of the flex items.
The value must be a number, default value is 1.
Example
Do not let the third flex item shrink as much as the other flex items:
<div>1</div>
<div>2</div>
<div style="flex-shrink: 0">3</div>
<div>4</div>
<div>5</div>
<div>6</div>
<div>7</div>
<div>8</div>
<div>9</div>
<div>10</div>
</div>
The flex-basis Property

The flex-basis property specifies the initial length of a flex item.
Example
Set the initial length of the third flex item to 200 pixels:
<div>1</div>
<div>2</div>
<div style="flex-basis: 200px">3</div>
<div>4</div>
</div>
The flex Property

The flex property is a shorthand property for the flex-grow, flex-shrink,
and flex-basis properties.
Example
Make the third flex item not growable (0), not shrinkable (0), and with an
initial length of 200 pixels:
<div>1</div>
<div>2</div>
<div style="flex: 0 0 200px">3</div>
<div>4</div>
</div>
The align-self Property

The align-self property specifies the alignment for the selected item
inside the flexible container.
The align-self property overrides the default alignment set by the

container's align-items property.
In these examples we use a 200 pixels high container, to better

demonstrate the align-self property:
Example
Align the third flex item in the middle of the container:

<div>1</div>
<div>2</div>
<div style="align-self: center">3</div>
<div>4</div>
</div>
Example
Align the second flex item at the top of the container, and the third flex
item at the bottom of the container:
<div>1</div>
<div style="align-self: flex-start">2</div>
<div style="align-self: flex-end">3</div>
<div>4</div>
</div>
CSS3 Flexbox Properties

The following table lists the CSS properties used with flexbox:
display Specifies the type of box used for an HTML element
flex- Specifies the direction of the flexible items inside a flex container
direction
justify- Horizontally aligns the flex items when the items do not use all availabl
content the main-axis
align- Vertically aligns the flex items when the items do not use all available s
items cross-axis
flex-wrap Specifies whether the flex items should wrap or not, if there is not enou
on one flex line
align- Modifies the behavior of the flex-wrap property. It is similar to align-ite

content of aligning flex items, it aligns flex lines
flex-flow A shorthand propert for flex-direction and flex-wrap
order Specifies the order of a flexible item relative to the rest of the flex item
container
align-self Used on flex items. Overrides the container's align-items property
flex Specifies the length of a flex item, relative to the rest of the flex items
container
align-self Specifies the alignment for a flex item (overrides the flex container's al
flex A shorthand property for the flex-grow, flex-shrink, and the flex-basis p
flex-basis Specifies the initial length of a flex item
flex-grow Specifies how much a flex item will grow relative to the rest of the flex
the same container
flex- Specifies how much a flex item will shrink relative to the rest of the flex
shrink the same container
order Specifies the order of the flex items inside the same container
CSS Grid Layout

Module
Grid Layout
The CSS Grid Layout Module offers a grid-based layout system, with rows
and columns, making it easier to design web pages without having to use
floats and positioning.
Grid Elements
A grid layout consists of a parent element, with one or more child
elements.
<!DOCTYPE html>
<html>
<head>
<style>
.grid-container {
display: grid;
grid-template-columns: auto auto auto;
padding: 10px;
}
.grid-item {
border: 1px solid rgba(0, 0, 0, 0.8);
padding: 20px;
font-size: 30px;
text-align: center;
}
</style>
</head>
<body>
<h1>Grid Elements</h1>
<p>A Grid Layout must have a parent element with the <em>display</em> property set to
<em>grid</em> or <em>inline-grid</em>.</p>
<p>Direct child element(s) of the grid container automatically becomes grid items.</p>
<div class="grid-container">
<div class="grid-item">1</div>
</div>
</body>
</html>
Display Property
An HTML element becomes a grid container when its display property is
set to grid or inline-grid.
<!DOCTYPE html>
<html>
<head>
<style>
.grid-container {
display: inline-grid;
padding: 10px;
}
.grid-item {
padding: 20px;
font-size: 30px;
text-align: center;
}
</style>
</head>
<body>
<h1>display: inline-grid</h1>
<p>Use display: inline-grid; to make an inline grid container:</p>
</div>
</body>
</html>
All direct children of the grid container automatically become grid items.
Grid Columns
The vertical lines of grid items are called columns.
Grid Rows
The horizontal lines of grid items are called rows.
Grid Gaps
The spaces between each column/row are called gaps.
You can adjust the gap size by using one of the following properties:
 column-gap
 row-gap
 gap
Example
The column-gap property sets the gap between the columns:
<!DOCTYPE html>
<html>
<head>
<style>
.grid-container {
display: grid;
column-gap: 50px;
padding: 10px;
}
.grid-item {
padding: 20px;
font-size: 30px;
text-align: center;
</style>
</head>
<body>
<h1>The column-gap Property</h1>
<p>Use the <em>column-gap</em> property to adjust the space

between the columns:</p>
</div>
</body>
</html>
Example
The gap property is a shorthand property for the row-gap and the column-
gap properties:
The gap property can also be used to set both the row gap and the
column gap in one value:
The gap property can also be used to set both the row gap and the
column gap in one value:
All CSS Grid Properties

column-gap Specifies the gap between the columns
gap A shorthand property for the row-gap and

the column-gap properties
grid A shorthand property for the grid-template-rows,

grid-template-columns, grid-template-areas, grid-
auto-rows, grid-auto-columns, and the grid-auto-
flow properties
grid-area Either specifies a name for the grid item, or this

property is a shorthand property for the grid-row-
start, grid-column-start, grid-row-end, and grid-
column-end properties
grid-auto-columns Specifies a default column size
grid-auto-flow Specifies how auto-placed items are inserted in

the grid
grid-auto-rows Specifies a default row size
grid-column A shorthand property for the grid-column-

start and the grid-column-end properties
grid-column-end Specifies where to end the grid item
grid-column-gap Specifies the size of the gap between columns
grid-column-start Specifies where to start the grid item
grid-gap A shorthand property for the grid-row-

gap and grid-column-gap properties
grid-row A shorthand property for the grid-row-start and

the grid-row-end properties
grid-row-end Specifies where to end the grid item
grid-row-gap Specifies the size of the gap between rows
grid-row-start Specifies where to start the grid item
grid-template A shorthand property for the grid-template-

rows, grid-template-columns and grid-
areas properties
grid-template-areas Specifies how to display columns and rows, using

named grid items
grid-template-columns Specifies the size of the columns, and how many

columns in a grid layout
grid-template-rows Specifies the size of the rows in a grid layout
row-gap Specifies the gap between the grid rows

Grid Container
To make an HTML element behave as a grid container, you have to set
the display property to grid or inline-grid.
Grid containers consist of grid items, placed inside columns and rows.
<!DOCTYPE html>
<html>
<head>
<style>
.grid-container {
display: grid;
grid-template-columns: auto auto auto auto;
gap: 10px;
padding: 10px;
.grid-container > div {
text-align: center;
font-size: 30px;
</style>
</head>
<body>
<h1>Grid Container</h1>
<p>A Grid Container consists of grid items arranged in columns and
rows</p>
<div>1</div>
<div>2</div>
<div>3</div>
<div>4</div>
<div>5</div>
<div>6</div>
<div>7</div>
<div>8</div>
</div>
<p>Direct child elements(s) of the grid container automatically becomes

grid items.</p>
</body>
</html>
The grid-template-columns Property

The grid-template-columns property defines the number of columns in
your grid layout, and it can define the width of each column.
The value is a space-separated-list, where each value defines the width

of the respective column.
If you want your grid layout to contain 4 columns, specify the width of
the 4 columns, or "auto" if all columns should have the same width.
Example
Make a grid with 4 columns:
<!DOCTYPE html>
<html>
<head>
<style>
.grid-container {
display: grid;
grid-template-columns: auto auto auto auto;
gap: 10px;
padding: 10px;
text-align: center;
padding: 20px 0;
font-size: 30px;
</style>
</head>
<body>
<h1>The grid-template-columns Property</h1>
<p>You can use the <em>grid-template-columns</em> property to specify

the number of columns in your grid layout.</p>
<div>1</div>
<div>2</div>
<div>3</div>
<div>4</div>
<div>5</div>
<div>6</div>
<div>7</div>
<div>8</div>
</div>
</body>
</html>
Note: If you have more than 4 items in a 4 columns grid, the grid will
automatically add a new row to put the items in.
The grid-template-columns property can also be used to specify the size

(width) of the columns.
Example
Set a size for the 4 columns:
.grid-container {
display: grid;
grid-template-columns: 80px 200px auto 40px;
}
The grid-template-rows Property

The grid-template-rows property defines the height of each row.
The value is a space-separated-list, where each value defines the height

of the respective row:
Example
.grid-container {
display: grid;
grid-template-rows: 80px 200px;
}
The justify-content Property

The justify-content property is used to align the whole grid inside the
container.
Note: The grid's total width has to be less than the container's width for
the justify-content property to have any effect.
<!DOCTYPE html>
<html>
<head>
<style>
.grid-container {
display: grid;
justify-content: space-evenly;
grid-template-columns: 50px 50px 50px; /*Make the grid smaller than

the container*/
gap: 10px;
padding: 10px;
text-align: center;
padding: 20px 0;
font-size: 30px;
</style>
</head>
<body>
<h1>The justify-content Property</h1>

<p>Use the <em>justify-content</em> property to align the grid inside
the container.</p>
<p>The value "space-evenly" will give the columns equal amount of

space between, and around them:</p>
<div>1</div>
<div>2</div>
<div>3</div>
<div>4</div>
<div>5</div>
<div>6</div>
</div>
</body>
</html>
.grid-container {
display: grid;
justify-content: space-around;
}
.grid-container {
display: grid;
}
.grid-container {
display: grid;
justify-content: center;
}
.grid-container {
display: grid;
justify-content: start;
}
.grid-container {
display: grid;
justify-content: end;
}
The align-content Property

The align-content property is used to vertically align the whole grid
inside the container.
Note: The grid's total height has to be less than the container's height
for the align-content property to have any effect.
.grid-container {
display: grid;
height: 400px;
align-content: center;
}
.grid-container {
display: grid;
height: 400px;
align-content: space-evenly;
}
.grid-container {
display: grid;
height: 400px;
align-content: space-around;
}
.grid-container {
display: grid;
height: 400px;
align-content: space-between;
}
.grid-container {
display: grid;
height: 400px;
align-content: start;
}
.grid-container {
display: grid;
height: 400px;
align-content: end;
}
CSS Grid Item

Child Elements (Items)
A grid container contains grid items.
By default, a container has one grid item for each column, in each row,
but you can style the grid items so that they will span multiple columns
and/or rows.
The grid-column Property:

The grid-column property defines on which column(s) to place an item.
You define where the item will start, and where the item will end.
Note: The grid-column property is a shorthand property for the grid-column-

start and the grid-column-end properties.
To place an item, you can refer to line numbers, or use the keyword
"span" to define how many columns the item will span.
Example
Make "item1" start on column 1 and end before column 5:
<!DOCTYPE html>
<html>
<head>
<style>
.grid-container {
display: grid;
grid-template-columns: auto auto auto auto auto auto;
gap: 10px;
padding: 10px;
}

text-align: center;
padding: 20px 0;
font-size: 30px;
}
.item1 {
grid-column: 1 / 5;
}
</style>
</head>
<body>
<h1>The grid-column Property</h1>
<p>Use the <em>grid-column</em> property to specify where to place

an item.</p>
<p>Item1 will start on column 1 and end before column 5:</p>
<div class="item1">1</div>
</div>
</body>
</html>
Example
Make "item1" start on column 1 and span 3 columns:
.item1 {
grid-column: 1 / span 3;
}
Example
Make "item2" start on column 2 and span 3 columns:
.item2 {
grid-column: 2 / span 3;
}
The grid-row Property:

The grid-row property defines on which row to place an item.
You define where the item will start, and where the item will end.
Note: The grid-row property is a shorthand property for the grid-row-start and
the grid-row-end properties.
To place an item, you can refer to line numbers, or use the keyword
"span" to define how many rows the item will span:
Example
Make "item1" start on row-line 1 and end on row-line 4:
<!DOCTYPE html>
<html>
<head>
<style>
.grid-container {
display: grid;
grid-template-columns: auto auto auto auto auto auto;
gap: 10px;
padding: 10px;
}

text-align: center;
padding: 20px 0;
font-size: 30px;
}
.item1 {
grid-row: 1 / 4;
}
</style>
</head>
<body>
<h1>The grid-row Property</h1>
<p>Use the <em>grid-row</em> property to specify where to place an

item.</p>
<p>Item1 will start on row-line 1 and end on row-line 4:</p>
</div>
</body>
</html>
The grid-area Property

The grid-area property can be used as a shorthand property for
the grid-row-start, grid-column-start, grid-row-end and the grid-
column-end properties.
Example
Make "item8" start on row-line 1 and column-line 2, and end on row-line
5 and column line 6:
.item8 {
grid-area: 1 / 2 / 5 / 6;
}
Example
Make "item8" start on row-line 2 and column-line 1, and span 2 rows and
3 columns:
.item8 {
grid-area: 2 / 1 / span 2 / span 3;
}
Naming Grid Items

The grid-area property can also be used to assign names to grid items.
Named grid items can be referred to by the grid-template-areas property

of the grid container.
Example
Item1 gets the name "myArea" and spans all five columns in a five columns
grid layout:
.item1 {
grid-area: myArea;
}
.grid-container {
grid-template-areas: 'myArea myArea myArea myArea myArea';
}
Each row is defined by apostrophes (' ')
The columns in each row is defined inside the apostrophes, separated by

a space.
Note: A period sign represents a grid item with no name.
Example
Let "myArea" span two columns in a five columns grid layout (period signs
represent items with no name):
.item1 {
grid-area: myArea;
}
.grid-container {
grid-template-areas: 'myArea myArea . . .';
}
To define two rows, define the column of the second row inside another
set of apostrophes:
Example
Make "item1" span two columns and two rows:
.grid-container {
grid-template-areas: 'myArea myArea . . .' 'myArea myArea . . .';
}
Example
Name all items, and make a ready-to-use webpage template:
.item1 { grid-area: header; }

.item2 { grid-area: menu; }
.item3 { grid-area: main; }
.item4 { grid-area: right; }
.item5 { grid-area: footer; }
.grid-container {
grid-template-areas:
'header header header header header header'
'menu main main main right right'
'menu footer footer footer footer footer';
}
The Order of the Items

The Grid Layout allows us to position the items anywhere we like.
The first item in the HTML code does not have to appear as the first item in the
grid.
.item1 { grid-area: 1 / 3 / 2 / 4; }
.item2 { grid-area: 2 / 3 / 3 / 4; }
.item3 { grid-area: 1 / 1 / 2 / 2; }
.item4 { grid-area: 1 / 2 / 2 / 3; }
.item5 { grid-area: 2 / 1 / 3 / 2; }
.item6 { grid-area: 2 / 2 / 3 / 3; }
You can re-arrange the order for certain screen sizes, by using media
queries:
Example

.item1 { grid-area: 1 / span 3 / 2 / 4; }
.item2 { grid-area: 3 / 3 / 4 / 4; }
.item3 { grid-area: 2 / 1 / 3 / 2; }
.item4 { grid-area: 2 / 2 / span 2 / 3; }
.item5 { grid-area: 3 / 1 / 4 / 2; }
.item6 { grid-area: 2 / 3 / 3 / 4; }
}
**Week 5-6: Forms and Media**

*Week 5:*
HTML Forms
The <form> Element
An HTML form is used to collect user input. The user input is
most often sent to a server for processing.The <form> element
defines an HTML form:
HTML forms contain form elements.
Form elements are different types of input elements,

checkboxes, radio buttons, submit buttons, and more.
The <input> Element

The HTML <input> element is the most used form element.
An <input> element can be displayed in many ways, depending on
the type attribute.
Here are some examples:
Type Description
<input type="text"> Displays a single-line text input field
<input type="radio"> Displays a radio button (for selecting one of many

choices)
<input Displays a checkbox (for selecting zero or more of
type="checkbox"> many choices)
<input Displays a submit button (for submitting the form)
type="submit">
<input type="button"> Displays a clickable button
Text Fields
The <input type="text"> defines a single-line input field for text input.
Example
A form with input fields for text:
<form>
<label for="fname">First name:</label><br>
<input type="text" id="fname" name="fname"><br>
<label for="lname">Last name:</label><br>
<input type="text" id="lname" name="lname">
</form>
Note: The form itself is not visible. Also note that the default width of an input
field is 20 characters.
The <label> Element

Notice the use of the <label> element in the example above.
The <label> tag defines a label for many form elements.
The <label> element is useful for screen-reader users, because the

screen-reader will read out loud the label when the user focuses on the
input element.
The <label> element also helps users who have difficulty clicking on very
small regions (such as radio buttons or checkboxes) - because when the
user clicks the text within the <label> element, it toggles the radio
button/checkbox.
The for attribute of the <label> tag should be equal to the id attribute of
the <input> element to bind them together.
Radio Buttons
The <input type="radio"> defines a radio button.
Radio buttons let a user select ONE of a limited number of choices.
Example
A form with radio buttons:
<p>Choose your favorite Web language:</p>
<form>
<input type="radio" id="html" name="fav_language" value="HTML">
<label for="html">HTML</label><br>
<input type="radio" id="css" name="fav_language" value="CSS">
<label for="css">CSS</label><br>
<input type="radio" id="javascript" name="fav_language" value="JavaSc
ript">
<label for="javascript">JavaScript</label>
</form>
Checkboxes
The <input type="checkbox"> defines a checkbox.
Checkboxes let a user select ZERO or MORE options of a limited number
of choices.
Example
A form with checkboxes:
<form>
<input type="checkbox" id="vehicle1" name="vehicle1" value="Bike">
<label for="vehicle1"> I have a bike</label><br>
<input type="checkbox" id="vehicle2" name="vehicle2" value="Car">
<label for="vehicle2"> I have a car</label><br>
<input type="checkbox" id="vehicle3" name="vehicle3" value="Boat">
<label for="vehicle3"> I have a boat</label>
</form>
The Submit Button

The <input type="submit"> defines a button for submitting the form data
to a form-handler.
The form-handler is typically a file on the server with a script for

processing input data.
The form-handler is specified in the form's action attribute.
Example
A form with a submit button:
<form action="/action_page.php">
<input type="text" id="fname" name="fname" value="John"><br>
<input type="text" id="lname" name="lname" value="Doe"><br><br>
<input type="submit" value="Submit">
</form>
The Name Attribute for <input>
Notice that each input field must have a name attribute to be submitted.
If the name attribute is omitted, the value of the input field will not be
sent at all.
Example
This example will not submit the value of the "First name" input field:
<input type="text" id="fname" value="John"><br><br>
</form>
Exercise:
In the form below, add an input field with the type "button" and the value
"OK".
<form>
<>
</form>
HTML Form Attributes

This chapter describes the different attributes for the
HTML <form> element.
The Action Attribute

The action attribute defines the action to be performed when the form is
submitted.
Usually, the form data is sent to a file on the server when the user clicks
on the submit button.
In the example below, the form data is sent to a file called
"action_page.php". This file contains a server-side script that handles the
form data:
Example
On submit, send form data to "action_page.php":
</form>
Tip: If the action attribute is omitted, the action is set to the current
page.
The Target Attribute

The target attribute specifies where to display the response that is
received after submitting the form.
Value Description
_blank The response is displayed in a new window or tab
_self The response is displayed in the current window
_parent The response is displayed in the parent frame
_top The response is displayed in the full body of the window
framename The response is displayed in a named iframe
The default value is _self which means that the response will open in the
current window.
Example
Here, the submitted result will open in a new browser tab:
<form action="/action_page.php" target="_blank">
The Method Attribute

The method attribute specifies the HTTP method to be used when
submitting the form data.
The form-data can be sent as URL variables (with method="get") or as

HTTP post transaction (with method="post").
The default HTTP method when submitting form data is GET.
Example
This example uses the GET method when submitting the form data:
<form action="/action_page.php" method="get">
Example
This example uses the POST method when submitting the form data:
<form action="/action_page.php" method="post">
Notes on GET:
 Appends the form data to the URL, in name/value pairs

 NEVER use GET to send sensitive data! (the submitted form data is
visible in the URL!)
 The length of a URL is limited (2048 characters)
 Useful for form submissions where a user wants to bookmark the
result
 GET is good for non-secure data, like query strings in Google
Notes on POST:
 Appends the form data inside the body of the HTTP request (the
submitted form data is not shown in the URL)
 POST has no size limitations, and can be used to send large
amounts of data.
 Form submissions with POST cannot be bookmarked
Tip: Always use POST if the form data contains sensitive or personal information!
The Autocomplete Attribute

The autocomplete attribute specifies whether a form should have
autocomplete on or off.
When autocomplete is on, the browser automatically complete values

based on values that the user has entered before.
Example
A form with autocomplete on:

<form action="/action_page.php" autocomplete="on">
The Novalidate Attribute

The novalidate attribute is a boolean attribute.
When present, it specifies that the form-data (input) should not be

validated when submitted.
Example
A form with a novalidate attribute:
<form action="/action_page.php" novalidate>
Exercise:
Add a submit button, and specify that the form should go to
"/action_page.php".
<form ="/action_page.php">
Name: <input type="text" name="name">
<>
</form>
List of All <form> Attributes

Attribute Description
accept-charset Specifies the character encodings used for form submission
action Specifies where to send the form-data when a form is submitted
autocomplete Specifies whether a form should have autocomplete on or off
enctype Specifies how the form-data should be encoded when submitting

it to the server (only for method="post")
method Specifies the HTTP method to use when sending form-data
name Specifies the name of the form
novalidate Specifies that the form should not be validated when submitted
rel Specifies the relationship between a linked resource and the

current document
target Specifies where to display the response that is received after
submitting the form
HTML Form Elements

This chapter describes all the different HTML form elements.
The HTML <form> Elements

The HTML <form> element can contain one or more of the following form
elements:
 <input>
 <label>
 <select>
 <textarea>
 <button>
 <fieldset>
 <legend>
 <datalist>
 <output>
 <option>
 <optgroup>
The <input> Element

One of the most used form elements is the <input> element.
The <input> element can be displayed in several ways, depending on

the type attribute.
Example
<label for="fname">First name:</label>
<input type="text" id="fname" name="fname">
The <label> Element

The <label> element defines a label for several form elements.
The <label> element is useful for screen-reader users, because the

screen-reader will read out loud the label when the user focus on the
input element.
The <label> element also help users who have difficulty clicking on very
small regions (such as radio buttons or checkboxes) - because when the
user clicks the text within the <label> element, it toggles the radio
button/checkbox.
The for attribute of the <label> tag should be equal to the id attribute of
the <input> element to bind them together.
The <select> Element
The <select> element defines a drop-down list:
Example
<label for="cars">Choose a car:</label>

<select id="cars" name="cars">
<option value="volvo">Volvo</option>
<option value="saab">Saab</option>
<option value="fiat">Fiat</option>
<option value="audi">Audi</option>
</select>
The <option> element defines an option that can be selected.
By default, the first item in the drop-down list is selected.
To define a pre-selected option, add the selected attribute to the option:
Example
<option value="fiat" selected>Fiat</option>
Visible Values:
Use the size attribute to specify the number of visible values:
Example

<select id="cars" name="cars" size="3">
</select>
Allow Multiple Selections:

Use the multiple attribute to allow the user to select more than one
value:
Example

<select id="cars" name="cars" size="4" multiple>
</select>
The <textarea> Element

The <textarea> element defines a multi-line input field (a text area):
Example
<textarea name="message" rows="10" cols="30">

The cat was playing in the garden.
</textarea>
The rows attribute specifies the visible number of lines in a text area.
The cols attribute specifies the visible width of a text area.
This is how the HTML code above will be displayed in a browser:
You can also define the size of the text area by using CSS:
Example
<textarea name="message" style="width:200px; height:600px;">
The cat was playing in the garden.
</textarea>
The <button> Element

The <button> element defines a clickable button:
Example
<button type="button" onclick="alert('Hello World!')">Click

Me!</button>
Note: Always specify the type attribute for the button element. Different
browsers may use different default types for the button element.
The <fieldset> and <legend> Elements

The <fieldset> element is used to group related data in a form.
The <legend> element defines a caption for the <fieldset> element.
Example
<fieldset>
<legend>Personalia:</legend>
</fieldset>
</form>
The <datalist> Element

The <datalist> element specifies a list of pre-defined options for
an <input> element.
Users will see a drop-down list of the pre-defined options as they input
data.
The list attribute of the <input> element, must refer to the id attribute
of the <datalist> element.
Example
<input list="browsers">
<datalist id="browsers">
<option value="Edge">
<option value="Firefox">
<option value="Chrome">
<option value="Opera">
<option value="Safari">
</datalist>
</form>
The <output> Element

The <output> element represents the result of a calculation (like one
performed by a script).
Example
Perform a calculation and show the result in an <output> element:
<form action="/action_page.php"
oninput="x.value=parseInt(a.value)+parseInt(b.value)">
0
<input type="range" id="a" name="a" value="50">
100 +
<input type="number" id="b" name="b" value="50">
=
<output name="x" for="a b"></output>
<br><br>
<input type="submit">
</form>
Exercise:
In the form below, add an empty drop down list with the name "cars".
<>
</>
</form>
HTML Form Elements

Tag Description
<form> Defines an HTML form for user input
<input> Defines an input control
<textarea> Defines a multiline input control (text area)
<label> Defines a label for an <input> element
<fieldset> Groups related elements in a form
<legend> Defines a caption for a <fieldset> element
<select> Defines a drop-down list
<optgroup> Defines a group of related options in a drop-down list
<option> Defines an option in a drop-down list
<button> Defines a clickable button
<datalist> Specifies a list of pre-defined options for input controls
<output> Defines the result of a calculation

HTML Input Types
This chapter describes the different types for the
HTML <input> element.
HTML Input Types

Here are the different input types you can use in HTML:
 <input type="button">
 <input type="checkbox">
 <input type="color">
 <input type="date">
 <input type="datetime-local">
 <input type="email">
 <input type="file">
 <input type="hidden">
 <input type="image">
 <input type="month">
 <input type="number">
 <input type="password">
 <input type="radio">
 <input type="range">
 <input type="reset">
 <input type="search">
 <input type="submit">
 <input type="tel">
 <input type="text">
 <input type="time">
 <input type="url">
 <input type="week">
Tip: The default value of the type attribute is "text".
Input Type Text

<input type="text"> defines a single-line text input field:
Example
<form>
<input type="text" id="fname" name="fname"><br>
</form>
Input Type Password

<input type="password"> defines a password field:
Example
<form>
<label for="username">Username:</label><br>
<input type="text" id="username" name="username"><br>
<label for="pwd">Password:</label><br>
<input type="password" id="pwd" name="pwd">
</form>
The characters in a password field are masked (shown as asterisks or

circles).
Input Type Submit

<input type="submit"> defines a button for submitting form data to
a form-handler.
The form-handler is typically a server page with a script for processing

input data.
The form-handler is specified in the form's action attribute:
Example
</form>
If you omit the submit button's value attribute, the button will get a
default text:
Input Type Reset

<input type="reset"> defines a reset button that will reset all form
values to their default values:
Example
<input type="reset" value="Reset">
</form>
If you change the input values and then click the "Reset" button, the
form-data will be reset to the default values.
Input Type Radio

<input type="radio"> defines a radio button.
Radio buttons let a user select ONLY ONE of a limited number of choices:
Example
<p>Choose your favorite Web language:</p>
<form>
<input type="radio" id="html" name="fav_language" value="HTML">
<label for="html">HTML</label><br>
<input type="radio" id="css" name="fav_language" value="CSS">
<label for="css">CSS</label><br>
<input type="radio" id="javascript" name="fav_language" value="JavaSc
ript">
<label for="javascript">JavaScript</label>
</form>
Input Type Checkbox

<input type="checkbox"> defines a checkbox.
Checkboxes let a user select ZERO or MORE options of a limited number

of choices.
Example
<form>
<input type="checkbox" id="vehicle1" name="vehicle1" value="Bike">
<label for="vehicle1"> I have a bike</label><br>
<input type="checkbox" id="vehicle2" name="vehicle2" value="Car">
<label for="vehicle2"> I have a car</label><br>
<input type="checkbox" id="vehicle3" name="vehicle3" value="Boat">
<label for="vehicle3"> I have a boat</label>
</form>
Input Type Button

<input type="button"> defines a button:
Example
<input type="button" onclick="alert('Hello World!')" value="Click Me!">
Input Type Color

The <input type="color"> is used for input fields that should contain a
color.
Depending on browser support, a color picker can show up in the input

field.
Example
<form>
<label for="favcolor">Select your favorite color:</label>
<input type="color" id="favcolor" name="favcolor">
</form>
Input Type Date

The <input type="date"> is used for input fields that should contain a
date.
Depending on browser support, a date picker can show up in the input

field.
Example
<form>
<label for="birthday">Birthday:</label>
<input type="date" id="birthday" name="birthday">
</form>
You can also use the min and max attributes to add restrictions to dates:
Example
<form>
<label for="datemax">Enter a date before 1980-01-01:</label>
<input type="date" id="datemax" name="datemax" max="1979-12-
31"><br><br>
<label for="datemin">Enter a date after 2000-01-01:</label>
<input type="date" id="datemin" name="datemin" min="2000-01-02">
</form>
Input Type Datetime-local
The <input type="datetime-local"> specifies a date and time input field,
with no time zone.

field.
Example
<form>
<label for="birthdaytime">Birthday (date and time):</label>
<input type="datetime-local" id="birthdaytime" name="birthdaytime">
</form>
Input Type Email

The <input type="email"> is used for input fields that should contain an
e-mail address.
Depending on browser support, the e-mail address can be automatically

Some smartphones recognize the email type, and add ".com" to the
keyboard to match email input.
Example
<form>
<label for="email">Enter your email:</label>
<input type="email" id="email" name="email">
</form>
Input Type Image

The <input type="image"> defines an image as a submit button.
The path to the image is specified in the src attribute.

Example
<form>
<input type="image" src="img_submit.gif" alt="Submit" width="48" height
="48">
</form>
Input Type File

The <input type="file"> defines a file-select field and a "Browse" button
for file uploads.
Example
<form>
<label for="myfile">Select a file:</label>
<input type="file" id="myfile" name="myfile">
</form>
Input Type Hidden

The <input type="hidden"> defines a hidden input field (not visible to a
user).
A hidden field lets web developers include data that cannot be seen or
modified by users when a form is submitted.
A hidden field often stores what database record that needs to be

updated when the form is submitted.
Note: While the value is not displayed to the user in the page's content,
it is visible (and can be edited) using any browser's developer tools or
"View Source" functionality. Do not use hidden inputs as a form of
security!
Example
<form>
<input type="text" id="fname" name="fname"><br><br>
<input type="hidden" id="custId" name="custId" value="3487">
</form>
Input Type Month

The <input type="month"> allows the user to select a month and year.

field.
Example
<form>
<label for="bdaymonth">Birthday (month and year):</label>
<input type="month" id="bdaymonth" name="bdaymonth">
</form>
Input Type Number

The <input type="number"> defines a numeric input field.
You can also set restrictions on what numbers are accepted.
The following example displays a numeric input field, where you can
enter a value from 1 to 5:
Example
<form>
<label for="quantity">Quantity (between 1 and 5):</label>
<input type="number" id="quantity" name="quantity" min="1" max="5">
</form>
Input Restrictions
Here is a list of some common input restrictions:
checked Specifies that an input field should be pre-selected when the

page loads (for type="checkbox" or type="radio")
disabled Specifies that an input field should be disabled
max Specifies the maximum value for an input field
maxlength Specifies the maximum number of character for an input field
min Specifies the minimum value for an input field
pattern Specifies a regular expression to check the input value

against
readonly Specifies that an input field is read only (cannot be changed)
required Specifies that an input field is required (must be filled out)
size Specifies the width (in characters) of an input field
step Specifies the legal number intervals for an input field
value Specifies the default value for an input field
You will learn more about input restrictions in the next chapter.
The following example displays a numeric input field, where you can
enter a value from 0 to 100, in steps of 10. The default value is 30:
Example
<form>
<label for="quantity">Quantity:</label>
<input type="number" id="quantity" name="quantity" min="0" max="100"
step="10" value="30">
</form>
Input Type Range
The <input type="range"> defines a control for entering a number whose
exact value is not important (like a slider control). Default range is 0 to
100. However, you can set restrictions on what numbers are accepted
with the min, max, and step attributes:
Example
<form>
<label for="vol">Volume (between 0 and 50):</label>
<input type="range" id="vol" name="vol" min="0" max="50">
</form>
Input Type Search

The <input type="search"> is used for search fields (a search field
behaves like a regular text field).
Example
<form>
<label for="gsearch">Search Google:</label>
<input type="search" id="gsearch" name="gsearch">
</form>
Input Type Tel

The <input type="tel"> is used for input fields that should contain a
telephone number.
Example
<form>
<label for="phone">Enter your phone number:</label>
<input type="tel" id="phone" name="phone" pattern="[0-9]{3}-[0-9]{2}-
[0-9]{3}">
</form>
Input Type Time

The <input type="time"> allows the user to select a time (no time zone).
Depending on browser support, a time picker can show up in the input

field.
Example
<form>
<label for="appt">Select a time:</label>
<input type="time" id="appt" name="appt">
</form>
Input Type Url

The <input type="url"> is used for input fields that should contain a URL
address.
Depending on browser support, the url field can be automatically

Some smartphones recognize the url type, and adds ".com" to the
keyboard to match url input.
<form>
<label for="homepage">Add your homepage:</label>
<input type="url" id="homepage" name="homepage">
</form>
Input Type Week

The <input type="week"> allows the user to select a week and year.
field.
Example
<form>
<label for="week">Select a week:</label>
<input type="week" id="week" name="week">
</form>
Exercise:
In the form below, add an input field for text, with the name "username" .
<>
</form>
HTML Input Type Attribute

Tag Description
<input type=""> Specifies the input type to display
HTML Input Attributes

This chapter describes the different attributes for the
The value Attribute

The input value attribute specifies an initial value for an input field:
Example
Input fields with initial (default) values:
<form>
<input type="text" id="lname" name="lname" value="Doe">
</form>
The readonly Attribute

The input readonly attribute specifies that an input field is read-only.
A read-only input field cannot be modified (however, a user can tab to it,
highlight it, and copy the text from it).
The value of a read-only input field will be sent when submitting the form!
A read-only input field:
<form>
<input type="text" id="fname" name="fname" value="John" readonly><br>
</form>
The disabled Attribute

The input disabled attribute specifies that an input field should be
disabled.
A disabled input field is unusable and un-clickable.
The value of a disabled input field will not be sent when submitting the
form!
A disabled input field:

<form>
<input type="text" id="fname" name="fname" value="John" disabled><br>
</form>
The size Attribute

The input size attribute specifies the visible width, in characters, of an
input field.
The default value for size is 20.
Note: The size attribute works with the following input types: text,
search, tel, url, email, and password.
Set a width for an input field:
<form>
<input type="text" id="fname" name="fname" size="50"><br>
<label for="pin">PIN:</label><br>
<input type="text" id="pin" name="pin" size="4">
</form>
The maxlength Attribute

The input maxlength attribute specifies the maximum number of
characters allowed in an input field.
Note: When a maxlength is set, the input field will not accept more than
the specified number of characters. However, this attribute does not
provide any feedback. So, if you want to alert the user, you must write
JavaScript code.
Example
Set a maximum length for an input field:

<form>
<input type="text" id="fname" name="fname" size="50"><br>
<label for="pin">PIN:</label><br>
<input type="text" id="pin" name="pin" maxlength="4" size="4">
</form>
The min and max Attributes

The input min and max attributes specify the minimum and maximum
values for an input field.
The min and max attributes work with the following input types: number,
range, date, datetime-local, month, time and week.
Tip: Use the max and min attributes together to create a range of legal
values.
Set a max date, a min date, and a range of legal values:
<form>
<label for="datemax">Enter a date before 1980-01-01:</label>
<input type="date" id="datemax" name="datemax" max="1979-12-
31"><br><br>
<label for="datemin">Enter a date after 2000-01-01:</label>

<input type="date" id="datemin" name="datemin" min="2000-01-
02"><br><br>
<label for="quantity">Quantity (between 1 and 5):</label>

<input type="number" id="quantity" name="quantity" min="1" max="5">
</form>
The multiple Attribute

The input multiple attribute specifies that the user is allowed to enter
more than one value in an input field.
The multiple attribute works with the following input types: email, and
file.
A file upload field that accepts multiple values:

<form>
<label for="files">Select files:</label>
<input type="file" id="files" name="files" multiple>
</form>
The pattern Attribute

The input pattern attribute specifies a regular expression that the input
field's value is checked against, when the form is submitted.
The pattern attribute works with the following input types: text, date,
search, url, tel, email, and password.
Tip: Use the global title attribute to describe the pattern to help the user.
The placeholder Attribute

The input placeholder attribute specifies a short hint that describes the
expected value of an input field (a sample value or a short description of
the expected format).
The short hint is displayed in the input field before the user enters a
value.
The placeholder attribute works with the following input types: text,
search, url, tel, email, and password.
An input field with a placeholder text:
<form>
<label for="phone">Enter a phone number:</label>
<input type="tel" id="phone" name="phone"
placeholder="123-45-678"
pattern="[0-9]{3}-[0-9]{2}-[0-9]{3}">
</form>
The required Attribute

The input required attribute specifies that an input field must be filled out
before submitting the form.
The required attribute works with the following input types: text, search,
url, tel, email, password, date pickers, number, checkbox, radio, and file.
A required input field:
<form>
<label for="username">Username:</label>
<input type="text" id="username" name="username" required>
</form>
The step Attribute

The input step attribute specifies the legal number intervals for an input
field.
Example: if step="3", legal numbers could be -3, 0, 3, 6, etc.
Tip: This attribute can be used together with the max and min attributes
to create a range of legal values.
The step attribute works with the following input types: number, range,
date, datetime-local, month, time and week.
Example
An input field with a specified legal number intervals:
<form>
<label for="points">Points:</label>
<input type="number" id="points" name="points" step="3">
</form>
Note: Input restrictions are not foolproof, and JavaScript provides many
ways to add illegal input. To safely restrict input, it must also be checked by
the receiver (the server)!
The autofocus Attribute

The input autofocus attribute specifies that an input field should
automatically get focus when the page loads.
Example
Let the "First name" input field automatically get focus when the page loads:
<form>
<input type="text" id="fname" name="fname" autofocus><br>
</form>
The height and width Attributes

The input height and width attributes specify the height and width of
an <input type="image"> element.
Tip: Always specify both the height and width attributes for images. If height
and width are set, the space required for the image is reserved when the page
is loaded. Without these attributes, the browser does not know the size of the
image, and cannot reserve the appropriate space to it. The effect will be that
the page layout will change during loading (while the images load).
Example
Define an image as the submit button, with height and width attributes:
<form>
<label for="lname">Last name:</label>
<input type="text" id="lname" name="lname"><br><br>
<input type="image" src="img_submit.gif" alt="Submit" width="48"
height="48">
</form>
The list Attribute

The input list attribute refers to a <datalist> element that contains pre-
defined options for an <input> element.
Example
An <input> element with pre-defined values in a <datalist>:
<form>
<input list="browsers">
<datalist id="browsers">
<option value="Edge">
<option value="Firefox">
<option value="Chrome">
<option value="Opera">
<option value="Safari">
</datalist>
</form>
The autocomplete Attribute

The input autocomplete attribute specifies whether a form or an input
field should have autocomplete on or off.
Autocomplete allows the browser to predict the value. When a user starts
to type in a field, the browser should display options to fill in the field,
based on earlier typed values.
The autocomplete attribute works with <form> and the

following <input> types: text, search, url, tel, email, password,
datepickers, range, and color.
Example
An HTML form with autocomplete on, and off for one input field:
<form action="/action_page.php" autocomplete="on">

<label for="email">Email:</label>
<input type="email" id="email" name="email" autocomplete="off"><br><b
r>
</form>
Tip: In some browsers you may need to activate an autocomplete function
for this to work (Look under "Preferences" in the browser's menu).
Exercise:
In the input field below, add placeholder that says "Your name here".
<input type="text" >
</form>
HTML Form and Input Elements

Tag Description
HTML Input form*

Attributes
This chapter describes the different form* attributes for the
The form Attribute

The input form attribute specifies the form the <input> element belongs
to.
The value of this attribute must be equal to the id attribute of the

<form> element it belongs to.
Example
An input field located outside of the HTML form (but still a part of the form):
<form action="/action_page.php" id="form1">

</form>

<input type="text" id="lname" name="lname" form="form1">
The formaction Attribute

The input formaction attribute specifies the URL of the file that will
process the input when the form is submitted.
Note: This attribute overrides the action attribute of the <form> element.
The formaction attribute works with the following input types: submit and
image.
Example
An HTML form with two submit buttons, with different actions:
<input type="submit" formaction="/action_page2.php" value="Submit as
Admin">
</form>
The formenctype Attribute

The input formenctype attribute specifies how the form-data should be
encoded when submitted (only for forms with method="post").
Note: This attribute overrides the enctype attribute of
the <form> element.
The formenctype attribute works with the following input types: submit
and image.
Example
A form with two submit buttons. The first sends the form-data with default
encoding, the second sends the form-data encoded as "multipart/form-data":
<form action="/action_page_binary.asp" method="post">

<input type="submit" formenctype="multipart/form-data"
value="Submit as Multipart/form-data">
</form>
The formmethod Attribute

The input formmethod attribute defines the HTTP method for sending
form-data to the action URL.
Note: This attribute overrides the method attribute of the <form> element.
The formmethod attribute works with the following input types: submit and
image.
The form-data can be sent as URL variables (method="get") or as an

HTTP post transaction (method="post").
Notes on the "get" method:
 This method appends the form-data to the URL in name/value pairs

 This method is useful for form submissions where a user want to
bookmark the result
 There is a limit to how much data you can place in a URL (varies
between browsers), therefore, you cannot be sure that all of the
form-data will be correctly transferred
 Never use the "get" method to pass sensitive information!
(password or other sensitive information will be visible in the
browser's address bar)
Notes on the "post" method:
 This method sends the form-data as an HTTP post transaction

 Form submissions with the "post" method cannot be bookmarked
 The "post" method is more robust and secure than "get", and "post"
does not have size limitations
Example
A form with two submit buttons. The first sends the form-data with
method="get". The second sends the form-data with method="post":
<form action="/action_page.php" method="get">

<input type="submit" value="Submit using GET">
<input type="submit" formmethod="post" value="Submit using POST">
</form>
The formtarget Attribute

The input formtarget attribute specifies a name or a keyword that
indicates where to display the response that is received after submitting
the form.
Note: This attribute overrides the target attribute of the <form> element.
The formtarget attribute works with the following input types: submit and
image.
Example
A form with two submit buttons, with different target windows
<input type="submit" formtarget="_blank" value="Submit to a new
window/tab">
</form>
The formnovalidate Attribute

The input formnovalidate attribute specifies that an <input> element
should not be validated when submitted.
Note: This attribute overrides the novalidate attribute of

the <form> element.
The formnovalidate attribute works with the following input types: submit.
Example
A form with two submit buttons (with and without validation):
<input type="email" id="email" name="email"><br><br>
<input type="submit" formnovalidate="formnovalidate"
value="Submit without validation">
</form>
The novalidate Attribute

The novalidate attribute is a <form> attribute.
When present, novalidate specifies that all of the form-data should not be
Example
Specify that no form-data should be validated on submit:
<form action="/action_page.php" novalidate>

<input type="email" id="email" name="email"><br><br>
</form>
HTML Form and Input Elements

Tag Description
CSS Text & Fonts

CSS has a lot of properties for formatting text.
<!DOCTYPE html>
<html>
<head>
<style>
div {
border: 1px solid gray;
padding: 8px;
}
h1 {
text-align: center;
text-transform: uppercase;
color: #4CAF50;
}
p{
text-indent: 50px;
text-align: justify;
letter-spacing: 3px;
}
a{
color: #008CBA;
}
</style>
</head>
<body>
<div>
<h1>text formatting</h1>
<p>This text is styled with some of the text formatting properties. The heading uses the text-
align, text-transform, and color properties.
The paragraph is indented, aligned, and the space between characters is specified. The underline
is removed from this colored
<a target="_blank" href="tryit.asp?filename=trycss_text">"Try it Yourself"</a> link.</p>
</div>
</body>
</html>
Text Color
The color property is used to set the color of the text. The color is
specified by:
 a color name - like "red"

 a HEX value - like "#ff0000"
 an RGB value - like "rgb(255,0,0)"
The default text color for a page is defined in the body selector.
body {
color: blue;
}
h1 {
color: green;
}
Text Color and Background Color

In this example, we define both the background-color property and
the color property:
Example
body {
color: blue;
}
h1 {
background-color: black;
color: white;
}
div {
background-color: blue;
color: white;
}
Important: High contrast is very important for people with vision problems. So,
always ensure that the contrast between the text color and the background
color (or background image) is good!
The CSS Text Color Property

color Specifies the color of text
CSS Text Alignment

Text Alignment and Text Direction
In this chapter you will learn about the following properties:
 text-align
 text-align-last
 direction
 unicode-bidi
 vertical-align
Text Alignment
The text-align property is used to set the horizontal alignment of a text.
A text can be left or right aligned, centered, or justified.
The following example shows center aligned, and left and right aligned
text (left alignment is default if text direction is left-to-right, and right
alignment is default if text direction is right-to-left):
Example
h1 {
text-align: center;
}
h2 {
text-align: left;
}
h3 {
text-align: right;
}
When the text-align property is set to "justify", each line is stretched so

that every line has equal width, and the left and right margins are
straight (like in magazines and newspapers):
div {
text-align: justify;
}
Text Align Last
The text-align-last property specifies how to align the last line of a text.
Example
Align the last line of text in three <p> elements:
p.a {
text-align-last: right;
}
p.b {
text-align-last: center;
}
p.c {
text-align-last: justify;
}
Text Direction
The direction and unicode-bidi properties can be used to change the
text direction of an element:
Example
p {
direction: rtl;
unicode-bidi: bidi-override;
}
<body>
<p>This is the default text direction.</p>
<p class="ex1">This is right-to-left text direction.</p>

</body>
Vertical Alignment
The vertical-align property sets the vertical alignment of an element.
Example
Set the vertical alignment of an image in a text:
<!DOCTYPE html>
<html>
<head>
<style>
img.a {
vertical-align: baseline;
}
img.b {
vertical-align: text-top;
}
img.c {
vertical-align: text-bottom;
}
img.d {
vertical-align: sub;
}
img.e {
vertical-align: super;
}
</style>
</head>
<body>
<h1>The vertical-align Property</h1>
<h2>vertical-align: baseline (default):</h2>

<p>An <img class="a" src="sqpurple.gif" width="9" height="9"> image with a default
alignment.</p>
<h2>vertical-align: text-top:</h2>
<p>An <img class="b" src="sqpurple.gif" width="9" height="9"> image with a text-top
alignment.</p>
<h2>vertical-align: text-bottom:</h2>
<p>An <img class="c" src="sqpurple.gif" width="9" height="9"> image with a text-bottom
alignment.</p>
<h2>vertical-align: sub:</h2>
<p>An <img class="d" src="sqpurple.gif" width="9" height="9"> image with a sub
alignment.</p>
<h2>vertical-align: sup:</h2>
<p>An <img class="e" src="sqpurple.gif" width="9" height="9"> image with a super
alignment.</p>
</body>
</html>
The CSS Text Alignment/Direction

Properties
direction Specifies the text direction/writing direction
text-align Specifies the horizontal alignment of text
text-align-last Specifies how to align the last line of a text
unicode-bidi Used together with the direction property to set or

return whether the text should be overridden to
support multiple languages in the same document
vertical-align Sets the vertical alignment of an element
CSS Text Decoration

Text Decoration
 text-decoration-line
 text-decoration-color
 text-decoration-style
 text-decoration-thickness
 text-decoration
Add a Decoration Line to Text

The text-decoration-line property is used to add a decoration line to
text.
Tip: You can combine more than one value, like overline and underline to
display lines both over and under a text.
Example
h1 {
text-decoration-line: overline;
}
h2 {
text-decoration-line: line-through;
}
h3 {
text-decoration-line: underline;
}
p {
text-decoration-line: overline underline;
}
Note: It is not recommended to underline text that is not a link, as this often
confuses the reader.
Specify a Color for the Decoration Line

The text-decoration-color property is used to set the color of the
decoration line.
Example
h1 {
text-decoration-line: overline;
text-decoration-color: red;
}
h2 {
text-decoration-line: line-through;
text-decoration-color: blue;
}
h3 {
text-decoration-color: green;
}
p {
text-decoration-line: overline underline;
text-decoration-color: purple;
}
Specify a Style for the Decoration Line

The text-decoration-style property is used to set the style of the
decoration line.
h1 {
text-decoration-style: solid;
}
h2 {
text-decoration-style: double;
}
h3 {
text-decoration-style: dotted;
}
p.ex1 {
text-decoration-style: dashed;
}
p.ex2 {
text-decoration-style: wavy;
}
p.ex3 {
text-decoration-style: wavy;
}
Specify the Thickness for the

Decoration Line
The text-decoration-thickness property is used to set the thickness of
the decoration line.
Example
h1 {
text-decoration-thickness: auto;
}
h2 {
text-decoration-thickness: 5px;
}
h3 {
text-decoration-thickness: 25%;
}
p {
text-decoration-style: double;
text-decoration-thickness: 5px;
}
The Shorthand Property
The text-decoration property is a shorthand property for:
 text-decoration-line (required)
 text-decoration-color (optional)
 text-decoration-style (optional)
 text-decoration-thickness (optional)
Example
h1 {
}
h2 {
text-decoration: underline red;
}
h3 {
text-decoration: underline red double;
}
p {
text-decoration: underline red double 5px;
}
A Small Tip
All links in HTML are underlined by default. Sometimes you see that links
are styled with no underline. The text-decoration: none; is used to
remove the underline from links, like this:
Example
a {
}
All CSS text-decoration Properties
text-decoration Sets all the text-decoration properties in one

declaration
text-decoration-color Specifies the color of the text-decoration
text-decoration-line Specifies the kind of text decoration to be used

(underline, overline, etc.)
text-decoration-style Specifies the style of the text decoration (solid,

dotted, etc.)
text-decoration-thickness Specifies the thickness of the text decoration

line
CSS Text
Transformation
Text Transformation
The text-transform property is used to specify uppercase and lowercase
letters in a text.
It can be used to turn everything into uppercase or lowercase letters, or

capitalize the first letter of each word:
Example
p.uppercase {
text-transform: uppercase;
}
p.lowercase {
text-transform: lowercase;
}
p.capitalize {
text-transform: capitalize;
}
The CSS Text Transformation Property

text-transform Controls the capitalization of text
CSS Text Spacing

Text Spacing
 text-indent
 letter-spacing
 line-height
 word-spacing
 white-space
Text Indentation
The text-indent property is used to specify the indentation of the first
line of a text:
Example
p {
text-indent: 50px;
}
Letter Spacing
The letter-spacing property is used to specify the space between the
characters in a text.
The following example demonstrates how to increase or decrease the

space between characters:
Example
h1 {
letter-spacing: 5px;
}
h2 {
letter-spacing: -2px;
}
Line Height
The line-height property is used to specify the space between lines:
Example
p.small {
line-height: 0.8;
}
p.big {
line-height: 1.8;
}
Word Spacing
The word-spacing property is used to specify the space between the
words in a text.
The following example demonstrates how to increase or decrease the
space between words:
Example
p.one {
word-spacing: 10px;
}
p.two {
word-spacing: -2px;
}
White Space
The white-space property specifies how white-space inside an element is
handled.
This example demonstrates how to disable text wrapping inside an

element:
Example
p {
white-space: nowrap;
}
The CSS Text Spacing Properties

letter-spacing Specifies the space between characters in a text
line-height Specifies the line height
text-indent Specifies the indentation of the first line in a text-

block
white-space Specifies how to handle white-space inside an
element
word-spacing Specifies the space between words in a text
CSS Text Shadow

Text Shadow
The text-shadow property adds shadow to text.
In its simplest use, you only specify the horizontal shadow (2px) and the
vertical shadow (2px):
Text shadow effect!

h1 {
text-shadow: 2px 2px;
}
Next, add a color (red) to the shadow:
Text shadow effect!

h1 {
text-shadow: 2px 2px red;
}
Then, add a blur effect (5px) to the shadow:
Text shadow effect!

h1 {
text-shadow: 2px 2px 5px red;
}
More Text Shadow Examples

Text-shadow on a white text:
Example 1
h1 {
color: white;
text-shadow: 2px 2px 4px #000000;
}
Example 2
Text-shadow with red neon glow:
h1 {
text-shadow: 0 0 3px #ff0000;
}
Example 3
Text-shadow with red and blue neon glow:
h1 {
text-shadow: 0 0 3px #ff0000, 0 0 5px #0000ff;
}
Example 4
h1 {
color: white;
text-shadow: 1px 1px 2px black, 0 0 25px blue, 0 0 5px darkblue;
}
Exercise:
Change the text color of all <p> elements to "red".
<style>
p{
: red;
}
</style>
<body>
</body>
CSS Fonts
Choosing the right font for your website is important!
Font Selection is Important

Choosing the right font has a huge impact on how the readers experience
a website.
The right font can create a strong identity for your brand.
Using a font that is easy to read is important. The font adds value to your
text. It is also important to choose the correct color and text size for the
font.
Generic Font Families

In CSS there are five generic font families:
1. Serif fonts have a small stroke at the edges of each letter. They
create a sense of formality and elegance.
2. Sans-serif fonts have clean lines (no small strokes attached). They
create a modern and minimalistic look.
3. Monospace fonts - here all the letters have the same fixed width.
They create a mechanical look.
4. Cursive fonts imitate human handwriting.
5. Fantasy fonts are decorative/playful fonts.
All the different font names belong to one of the generic font families.
Difference Between Serif and Sans-serif

Fonts
Note: On computer screens, sans-serif fonts are considered easier to read than
serif fonts.
Some Font Examples

Generic Font Family Examples of Font Names
Serif Times New Roman

Georgia
Garamond
Sans-serif Arial
Verdana
Helvetica
Monospace Courier New
Lucida Console
Monaco
Cursive Brush Script MT
Lucida Handwriting
Fantasy
Papyrus
The CSS font-family Property

In CSS, we use the font-family property to specify the font of a text.
Note: If the font name is more than one word, it must be in quotation marks,
like: "Times New Roman".
Tip: The font-family property should hold several font names as a

"fallback" system, to ensure maximum compatibility between
browsers/operating systems. Start with the font you want, and end with
a generic family (to let the browser pick a similar font in the generic
family, if no other fonts are available). The font names should be
separated with comma. Read more about fallback fonts in the next
chapter.
Example
Specify some different fonts for three paragraphs:
.p1 {
font-family: "Times New Roman", Times, serif;
}
.p2 {
}
.p3 {
font-family: "Lucida Console", "Courier New", monospace;
}
CSS Web Safe Fonts

What are Web Safe Fonts?
Web safe fonts are fonts that are universally installed across all browsers
and devices.
Fallback Fonts
However, there are no 100% completely web safe fonts. There is always
a chance that a font is not found or is not installed properly.
Therefore, it is very important to always use fallback fonts.
This means that you should add a list of similar "backup fonts" in
the font-family property. If the first font does not work, the browser will
try the next one, and the next one, and so on. Always end the list with a
generic font family name.
Example
Here, there are three font types: Tahoma, Verdana, and sans-serif. The
second and third fonts are backups, in case the first one is not found.
p {
font-family: Tahoma, Verdana, sans-serif;
}
Best Web Safe Fonts for HTML and CSS

The following list are the best web safe fonts for HTML and CSS:
 Arial (sans-serif)
 Verdana (sans-serif)
 Tahoma (sans-serif)
 Trebuchet MS (sans-serif)
 Times New Roman (serif)
 Georgia (serif)
 Garamond (serif)
 Courier New (monospace)
 Brush Script MT (cursive)
Note: Before you publish your website, always check how your fonts appear on
different browsers and devices, and always use fallback fonts!
Arial (sans-serif)
Arial is the most widely used font for both online and printed media. Arial
is also the default font in Google Docs.
Arial is one of the safest web fonts, and it is available on all major
operating systems.
Example
Lorem ipsum dolor sit

amet
Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet.
0123456789
Verdana (sans-serif)
Verdana is a very popular font. Verdana is easily readable even for small
font sizes.
Example
Lorem ipsum dolor

sit amet
0123456789
Tahoma (sans-serif)
The Tahoma font has less space between the characters.
Example

amet
0123456789
Trebuchet MS (sans-serif)
Trebuchet MS was designed by Microsoft in 1996. Use this font carefully.
Not supported by all mobile operating systems.
Example
amet
0123456789
Times New Roman (serif)

Times New Roman is one of the most recognizable fonts in the world. It
looks professional and is used in many newspapers and "news" websites.
It is also the primary font for Windows devices and applications.
Example

amet
0123456789
Georgia (serif)
Georgia is an elegant serif font. It is very readable at different font sizes,
so it is a good candidate for mobile-responsive design.
Example

amet
0123456789
Garamond (serif)
Garamond is a classical font used for many printed books. It has a
timeless look and good readability.
Example
amet
0123456789
Courier New (monospace)

Courier New is the most widely used monospace serif font. Courier New is
often used with coding displays, and many email providers use it as their
default font. Courier New is also the standard font for movie screenplays.
Example
Lorem ipsum dolor

sit amet
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Brush Script MT (cursive)
The Brush Script MT font was designed to mimic handwriting. It is
elegant and sophisticated, but can be hard to read. Use it carefully.
Example
Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet

0123456789
Tip: Also check out all available Google Fonts and how to use them.
CSS Font Fallbacks

Commonly Used Font Fallbacks
Below are some commonly used font fallbacks, organized by the 5
generic font families:
 Serif
 Sans-serif
 Monospace
 Cursive
 Fantasy
Serif Fonts
font-family Example text
"Times New Roman", Times, serif

This is a
Heading
This is a paragraph.
Georgia, serif
This is a
Heading
Garamond, serif
This is a
Heading
Sans-Serif Fonts
Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif

This is a
Heading
Tahoma, Verdana, sans-serif

This is a
Heading
"Trebuchet MS", Helvetica, sans-
serif This is a
Heading
Geneva, Verdana, sans-serif

This is a
Heading
This is a
paragraph.
Monospace Fonts
This is
"Courier New", Courier, monospace
a
Heading
This is a
paragraph.
Cursive Fonts
"Brush Script MT", cursive

This is a
Heading
Fantasy Fonts
Copperplate, Papyrus, fantasy

This is a
Heading
Tip: Also check out all available Google Fonts and how to use them.
CSS Font Style

Font Style
The font-style property is mostly used to specify italic text.
This property has three values:
 normal - The text is shown normally

 italic - The text is shown in italics
 oblique - The text is "leaning" (oblique is very similar to italic, but
less supported)
Example
p.normal {
font-style: normal;
}
p.italic {
font-style: italic;
}
p.oblique {
font-style: oblique;
}
Font Weight
The font-weight property specifies the weight of a font:
Example
p.normal {
font-weight: normal;
}
p.thick {
font-weight: bold;
}
Font Variant
The font-variant property specifies whether or not a text should be
displayed in a small-caps font.
In a small-caps font, all lowercase letters are converted to uppercase

letters. However, the converted uppercase letters appears in a smaller
font size than the original uppercase letters in the text.
Example
p.normal {
font-variant: normal;
}
p.small {
font-variant: small-caps;
}
CSS Font Size

Font Size
The font-size property sets the size of the text.
Being able to manage the text size is important in web design. However,
you should not use font size adjustments to make paragraphs look like
headings, or headings look like paragraphs.
Always use the proper HTML tags, like <h1> - <h6> for headings and
<p> for paragraphs.
The font-size value can be an absolute, or relative size.
Absolute size:
 Sets the text to a specified size

 Does not allow a user to change the text size in all browsers (bad for
accessibility reasons)
 Absolute size is useful when the physical size of the output is known
Relative size:
 Sets the size relative to surrounding elements

 Allows a user to change the text size in browsers
Note: If you do not specify a font size, the default size for normal text, like
paragraphs, is 16px (16px=1em).
Set Font Size With Pixels

Setting the text size with pixels gives you full control over the text size:
Example
h1 {
font-size: 40px;
}
h2 {
font-size: 30px;
}
p {
font-size: 14px;
}
Tip: If you use pixels, you can still use the zoom tool to resize the entire
page.
Set Font Size With Em

To allow users to resize the text (in the browser menu), many developers
use em instead of pixels.
1em is equal to the current font size. The default text size in browsers is
16px. So, the default size of 1em is 16px.
The size can be calculated from pixels to em using this

formula: pixels/16=em
Example
h1 {
font-size: 2.5em; /* 40px/16=2.5em */
}
h2 {
font-size: 1.875em; /* 30px/16=1.875em */
}
p {
font-size: 0.875em; /* 14px/16=0.875em */
}
In the example above, the text size in em is the same as the previous
example in pixels. However, with the em size, it is possible to adjust the
text size in all browsers.
Unfortunately, there is still a problem with older versions of Internet

Explorer. The text becomes larger than it should when made larger, and
smaller than it should when made smaller.
Use a Combination of Percent and Em

The solution that works in all browsers, is to set a default font-size in
percent for the <body> element:
Example
body {
font-size: 100%;
}
h1 {
font-size: 2.5em;
}
h2 {
font-size: 1.875em;
}
p {
font-size: 0.875em;
}
Our code now works great! It shows the same text size in all browsers,
and allows all browsers to zoom or resize the text!
Responsive Font Size

The text size can be set with a vw unit, which means the "viewport width".
That way the text size will follow the size of the browser window:
<h1 style="font-size:10vw">Hello World</h1>

Resize the browser window to see how the font size
scales.
Viewport is the browser window size. 1vw = 1% of viewport width. If the

viewport is 50cm wide, 1vw is 0.5cm.
CSS Google Fonts
Google Fonts
If you do not want to use any of the standard fonts in HTML, you can use
Google Fonts.
Google Fonts are free to use, and have more than 1000 fonts to choose
from.
How To Use Google Fonts

Just add a special style sheet link in the <head> section and then refer to
the font in the CSS.
Example
Here, we want to use a font named "Sofia" from Google Fonts:
<head>
<link rel="stylesheet" href="https://fonts.googleapis.com/css?family=So
fia">
<style>
body {
font-family: "Sofia", sans-serif;
}
</style>
</head>
Example
Here, we want to use a font named "Trirong" from Google Fonts:
<head>
<link rel="stylesheet" href="https://fonts.googleapis.com/css?famil
y=Trirong">
<style>
body {
font-family: "Trirong", serif;
}
</style>
</head>
Example
Here, we want to use a font named "Audiowide" from Google Fonts:
<head>
<link rel="stylesheet" href="https://fonts.googleapis.com/css?famil
y=Audiowide">
<style>
body {
font-family: "Audiowide", sans-serif;
}
</style>
</head>
Note: Requesting multiple fonts may slow down your web pages! So be
careful about that.
Styling Google Fonts

Of course you can style Google Fonts as you like, with CSS!
Example
Style the "Sofia" font:
<head>
fia">
<style>
body {
font-size: 30px;
text-shadow: 3px 3px 3px #ababab;
}
</style>
</head>
Enabling Font Effects
Google has also enabled different font effects that you can use.
First add effect=effectname to the Google API, then add a special class
name to the element that is going to use the special effect. The class
name always starts with font-effect- and ends with the effectname.
Example
Add the fire effect to the "Sofia" font:
<head>
fia&effect=fire">
<style>
body {
font-size: 30px;
}
</style>
</head>
<body>
<h1 class="font-effect-fire">Sofia on Fire</h1>
</body>
To request multiple font effects, just separate the effect names with a
pipe character (|), like this:
Example
Add multiple effects to the "Sofia" font:
<head>
fia&effect=neon|outline|emboss|shadow-multiple">
<style>
body {
font-size: 30px;
}
</style>
</head>
<body>
<h1 class="font-effect-neon">Neon Effect</h1>

<h1 class="font-effect-outline">Outline Effect</h1>
<h1 class="font-effect-emboss">Emboss Effect</h1>
<h1 class="font-effect-shadow-multiple">Multiple Shadow Effect</h1>
</body>
To request multiple font effects, just separate the effect names with a
pipe character (|), like this:
Example
Add multiple effects to the "Sofia" font:
<head>
fia&effect=neon|outline|emboss|shadow-multiple">
<style>
body {
font-size: 30px;
}
</style>
</head>
<body>
<h1 class="font-effect-neon">Neon Effect</h1>

<h1 class="font-effect-outline">Outline Effect</h1>
<h1 class="font-effect-emboss">Emboss Effect</h1>
<h1 class="font-effect-shadow-multiple">Multiple Shadow Effect</h1>
</body>
CSS Great Font
Pairings
Great font pairings are essential to great design.
Font Pairing Rules

Here are some basic rules to create great font pairings:
1. Complement
It is always safe to find font pairings that complement one another.
A great font combination should harmonize, without being too similar or

too different.
2. Use Font Superfamilies

A font superfamily is a set of fonts designed to work well together. So,
using different fonts within the same superfamily is safe.
For example, the Lucida superfamily contains the following fonts: Lucida
Sans, Lucida Serif, Lucida Typewriter Sans, Lucida Typewriter Serif and
Lucida Math.
3. Contrast is King
Two fonts that are too similar will often conflict. However, contrasts, done
the right way, brings out the best in each font.
Example: Combining serif with sans serif is a well known combination.
A strong superfamily includes both serif and sans serif variations of the
same font (e.g. Lucida and Lucida Sans).
4. Choose Only One Boss

One font should be the boss. This establishes a hierarchy for the fonts on
your page. This can be achieved by varying the size, weight and color.
Example
No doubt "Georgia" is the boss here:
body {
font-family: Verdana, sans-serif;
font-size: 16px;
color: gray;
}
h1 {
font-family: Georgia, serif;
font-size: 60px;
color: white;
}
Below, we have shown some popular font pairings that will suit many
brands and contexts.
Georgia and Verdana

Georgia and Verdana is a classic combination. It also sticks to the web
safe font standards:
Example
Use the "Georgia" font for headings, and "Verdana" for text:
<!DOCTYPE html>
<html>
<head>
<style>
body {
font-family: Verdana, sans-serif;
font-size: 16px;
color: gray;
}
h1 {
font-family: Georgia, serif;
font-size: 60px;
color: white;
}
</style>
</head>
<body>
<h1>Beautiful Norway</h1>
<p>Norway has a total area of 385,252 square kilometers and a population of 5,438,657
(December 2020). Norway is bordered by Sweden, Finland and Russia to the north-east, and the
Skagerrak to the south, with Denmark on the other side.</p>
<p>Norway has beautiful mountains, glaciers and stunning fjords. Oslo, the capital, is a city of
green spaces and museums. Bergen, with colorful wooden houses, is the starting point for cruises
to the dramatic Sognefjord. Norway is also known for fishing, hiking and skiing.</p>
</body>
</html>
Beautiful Norway
Norway has a total area of 385,252 square kilometers and a
population of 5,438,657 (December 2020). Norway is bordered by
Sweden, Finland and Russia to the north-east, and the Skagerrak to
the south, with Denmark on the other side.
Norway has beautiful mountains, glaciers and stunning fjords. Oslo,

the capital, is a city of green spaces and museums. Bergen, with
colorful wooden houses, is the starting point for cruises to the
dramatic Sognefjord. Norway is also known for fishing, hiking and
skiing.
CSS Font Property

The CSS Font Property
To shorten the code, it is also possible to specify all the individual font
properties in one property.
The font property is a shorthand property for:
 font-style
 font-variant
 font-weight
 font-size/line-height
 font-family
Note: The font-size and font-family values are required. If one of the
other values is missing, their default value are used.
Example
Use font to set several font properties in one declaration:
p.a {
font: 20px Arial, sans-serif;
}
p.b {
font: italic small-caps bold 12px/30px Georgia, serif;
}
Exercise:
Set the font for <h1> to "Verdana".
<style>
h1 {
: Verdana;
}
</style>
<body>
</body>
CSS Pseudo-
classes
What are Pseudo-classes?
A pseudo-class is used to define a special state of an element.
For example, it can be used to:
 Style an element when a user mouses over it

 Style visited and unvisited links differently
 Style an element when it gets focus
Syntax
The syntax of pseudo-classes:
selector:pseudo-class {
property: value;
}
Anchor Pseudo-classes
Links can be displayed in different ways:
/* unvisited link */
a:link {
color: #FF0000;
}
/* visited link */
a:visited {
color: #00FF00;
}
/* mouse over link */

a:hover {
color: #FF00FF;
}
/* selected link */
a:active {
color: #0000FF;
}
Note: a:hover MUST come after a:link and a:visited in the CSS
definition in order to be effective! a:active MUST come after a:hover in
the CSS definition in order to be effective! Pseudo-class names are not
case-sensitive.
Pseudo-classes and HTML Classes

Pseudo-classes can be combined with HTML classes:
When you hover over the link in the example, it will change color:
Example
a.highlight:hover {
color: #ff0000;
}
Hover on <div>
An example of using the :hover pseudo-class on a <div> element:
Example
div:hover {
background-color: blue;
}
Simple Tooltip Hover

Hover over a <div> element to show a <p> element (like a tooltip):
Hover over me to show the <p> element.

p {
display: none;
background-color: yellow;
padding: 20px;
}
div:hover p {
display: block;
}
CSS - The :first-child Pseudo-class

The :first-child pseudo-class matches a specified element that is the
first child of another element.
Match the first <p> element

In the following example, the selector matches any <p> element that is
the first child of any element:
Example
p:first-child {
color: blue;
}
Match the first <i> element in all <p>

elements
In the following example, the selector matches the first <i> element in
all <p> elements:
Example
p i:first-child {
color: blue;
}
Match all <i> elements in all first child

<p> elements
In the following example, the selector matches all <i> elements in <p>
elements that are the first child of another element:
Example
p:first-child i {
color: blue;
}
CSS - The :lang Pseudo-class

The :lang pseudo-class allows you to define special rules for different
languages.
In the example below, :lang defines the quotation marks for <q>
elements with lang="no":
Example
<html>
<head>
<style>
q:lang(no) {
quotes: "~" "~";
}
</style>
</head>
<body>
<p>Some text <q lang="no">A quote in a paragraph</q> Some text.</p>
</body>
</html>
Exercise:
Set the background-color to red, when you mouse over a link.
<style> {
}
</style>
<body>
<h1>This is a header.</h1>
<a href="https://w3schools.com">This is a link.</a>
</body>
All CSS Pseudo Classes

:active a:active Selects the active link
:checked input:checked Selects every checked <input>

element
:disabled input:disabled Selects every disabled <input>
element
:empty p:empty Selects every <p> element that

has no children
:enabled input:enabled Selects every enabled <input>

element
:first-child p:first-child Selects every <p> elements

that is the first child of its
parent
:first-of-type p:first-of-type Selects every <p> element that

is the first <p> element of its
parent
:focus input:focus Selects the <input> element

that has focus
:hover a:hover Selects links on mouse over
:in-range input:in-range Selects <input> elements with

a value within a specified range
:invalid input:invalid Selects all <input> elements

with an invalid value
:lang(language) p:lang(it) Selects every <p> element with

a lang attribute value starting
with "it"
:last-child p:last-child Selects every <p> elements

that is the last child of its
parent
:last-of-type p:last-of-type Selects every <p> element that

is the last <p> element of its
parent
:link a:link Selects all unvisited links
:not(selector) :not(p) Selects every element that is

not a <p> element
:nth-child(n) p:nth-child(2) Selects every <p> element that

is the second child of its parent
:nth-last-child(n) p:nth-last-child(2) Selects every <p> element that
is the second child of its parent,
counting from the last child
:nth-last-of-type(n) p:nth-last-of-type(2) Selects every <p> element that

is the second <p> element of
its parent, counting from the
last child
:nth-of-type(n) p:nth-of-type(2) Selects every <p> element that

is the second <p> element of
its parent
:only-of-type p:only-of-type Selects every <p> element that

is the only <p> element of its
parent
:only-child p:only-child Selects every <p> element that

is the only child of its parent
:optional input:optional Selects <input> elements with

no "required" attribute
:out-of-range input:out-of-range Selects <input> elements with

a value outside a specified
range
:read-only input:read-only Selects <input> elements with

a "readonly" attribute specified
:read-write input:read-write Selects <input> elements with

no "readonly" attribute
:required input:required Selects <input> elements with

a "required" attribute specified
:root root Selects the document's root

element
:target #news:target Selects the current active

#news element (clicked on a
URL containing that anchor
name)
:valid input:valid Selects all <input> elements

with a valid value
:visited a:visited Selects all visited links

All CSS Pseudo Elements
::after p::after Insert content after every <p> element
::before p::before Insert content before every <p> element
::first-letter p::first-letter Selects the first letter of every <p> element
::first-line p::first-line Selects the first line of every <p> element
::marker ::marker Selects the markers of list items
::selection p::selection Selects the portion of an element that is

selected by a user
CSS Pseudo-elements
What are Pseudo-Elements?
A CSS pseudo-element is used to style specified parts of an element.
For example, it can be used to:
 Style the first letter, or line, of an element

 Insert content before, or after, the content of an element
Syntax
The syntax of pseudo-elements:
selector::pseudo-element {
property:value;
}
Notice the double colon notation - ::first-line versus :first-line
The double colon replaced the single-colon notation for pseudo-elements

in CSS3. This was an attempt from W3C to distinguish between pseudo-
classes and pseudo-elements.
The single-colon syntax was used for both pseudo-classes and pseudo-
elements in CSS2 and CSS1.
For backward compatibility, the single-colon syntax is acceptable for

CSS2 and CSS1 pseudo-elements.
The ::first-line Pseudo-element

The ::first-line pseudo-element is used to add a special style to the first
line of a text.
The following example formats the first line of the text in all <p>
elements:
Example
p::first-line {
color: #ff0000;
}
Note: The ::first-line pseudo-element can only be applied to block-level

elements.
The following properties apply to the ::first-line pseudo-element:
 font properties
 color properties
 background properties
 word-spacing
 letter-spacing
 text-decoration
 vertical-align
 text-transform
 line-height
 clear
The ::first-letter Pseudo-element

The ::first-letter pseudo-element is used to add a special style to the first
letter of a text.
The following example formats the first letter of the text in all <p>
elements:
Example
p::first-letter {
color: #ff0000;
font-size: xx-large;
}
Note: The ::first-letter pseudo-element can only be applied to block-level

elements.
The following properties apply to the ::first-letter pseudo- element:
 font properties
 color properties
 background properties
 margin properties
 padding properties
 border properties
 text-decoration
 vertical-align (only if "float" is "none")
 text-transform
 line-height
 float
 clear
Pseudo-elements and CSS Classes

Pseudo-elements can be combined with CSS classes:
Example
p.intro::first-letter {
color: #ff0000;
font-size:200%;
}
The example above will display the first letter of paragraphs with
class="intro", in red and in a larger size.
Multiple Pseudo-elements
Several pseudo-elements can also be combined.
In the following example, the first letter of a paragraph will be red, in an

xx-large font size. The rest of the first line will be blue, and in small-caps.
The rest of the paragraph will be the default font size and color:
Example
p::first-letter {
color: #ff0000;
font-size: xx-large;
}
p::first-line {
color: #0000ff;
}
CSS - The ::before Pseudo-element

The ::before pseudo-element can be used to insert some content before
the content of an element.
The following example inserts an image before the content of each <h1>
element:
Example
h1::before {
content: url(smiley.gif);
}
CSS - The ::after Pseudo-element

The ::after pseudo-element can be used to insert some content after the
content of an element.
The following example inserts an image after the content of each <h1>
element:
Example
h1::after {
content: url(smiley.gif);
}
CSS - The ::selection Pseudo-element

The ::selection pseudo-element matches the portion of an element that is
selected by a user.
The following CSS properties can be applied

to ::selection: color, background, cursor, and outline.
The following example makes the selected text red on a yellow

background:
Example
::selection {
color: red;
background: yellow;
}
*Week 6:*
HTML Canvas Graphics

What is HTML Canvas?
The HTML <canvas> element is used to draw graphics, on the fly, via
JavaScript.
The <canvas> element is only a container for graphics. You must use
JavaScript to actually draw the graphics.
Canvas has several methods for drawing paths, boxes, circles, text, and
adding images.
Canvas Examples
A canvas is a rectangular area on an HTML page. By default, a canvas
has no border and no content.
The markup looks like this:
<canvas id="myCanvas" width="200" height="100"></canvas>
Note: Always specify an id attribute (to be referred to in a script), and

a width and height attribute to define the size of the canvas. To add a
border, use the style attribute.
Add a JavaScript
After creating the rectangular canvas area, you must add a JavaScript to
do the drawing.
Here are some examples:
Draw a Line
<script>
var c = document.getElementById("myCanvas");
var ctx = c.getContext("2d");
ctx.moveTo(0, 0);
ctx.lineTo(200, 100);
ctx.stroke();
</script>
Draw a Circle
<script>
ctx.beginPath();
ctx.arc(95, 50, 40, 0, 2 * Math.PI);
ctx.stroke();
</script>
Draw a Text
<script>
ctx.font = "30px Arial";
ctx.fillText("Hello World", 10, 50);
</script>
Stroke Text
<script>
ctx.font = "30px Arial";
ctx.strokeText("Hello World", 10, 50);
</script>
Draw Linear Gradient

<script>
// Create gradient
var grd = ctx.createLinearGradient(0, 0, 200, 0);
grd.addColorStop(0, "red");
grd.addColorStop(1, "white");
// Fill with gradient

ctx.fillStyle = grd;
ctx.fillRect(10, 10, 150, 80);
</script>
Draw Circular Gradient

<script>
// Create gradient
var grd = ctx.createRadialGradient(75, 50, 5, 90, 60, 100);
grd.addColorStop(0, "red");
grd.addColorStop(1, "white");
// Fill with gradient

ctx.fillStyle = grd;
ctx.fillRect(10, 10, 150, 80);
</script>
Draw Image
<script>
var img = document.getElementById("scream");
ctx.drawImage(img, 10, 10);
</script>
HTML SVG Graphics

SVG defines vector-based graphics in XML format.
What is SVG?
 SVG stands for Scalable Vector Graphics
 SVG is used to define graphics for the Web
 SVG is a W3C recommendation
The HTML <svg> Element

The HTML <svg> element is a container for SVG graphics.
SVG has several methods for drawing paths, boxes, circles, text, and
graphic images.
SVG Circle
Example
<!DOCTYPE html>
<html>
<body>
<svg width="100" height="100">
<circle cx="50" cy="50" r="40" stroke="green" stroke-
width="4" fill="yellow" />
</svg>
</body>
</html>
SVG Rectangle
Example
<rect width="400" height="100" style="fill:rgb(0,0,255);stroke-
width:10;stroke:rgb(0,0,0)" />
</svg>
SVG Rounded Rectangle

<rect x="50" y="20" rx="20" ry="20" width="150" height="150"
style="fill:red;stroke:black;stroke-width:5;opacity:0.5" />
</svg>
SVG Star
Example
<polygon points="100,10 40,198 190,78 10,78 160,198"
style="fill:lime;stroke:purple;stroke-width:5;fill-
rule:evenodd;" />
</svg>
SVG Logo
Example
<svg height="130" width="500">
<defs>
<linearGradient id="grad1" x1="0%" y1="0%" x2="100%" y2="0%">
<stop offset="0%" style="stop-color:rgb(255,255,0);stop-
opacity:1" />
<stop offset="100%" style="stop-color:rgb(255,0,0);stop-
opacity:1" />
</linearGradient>
</defs>
<ellipse cx="100" cy="70" rx="85" ry="55" fill="url(#grad1)" />
<text fill="#ffffff" font-size="45" font-
family="Verdana" x="50" y="86">SVG</text>
Sorry, your browser does not support inline SVG.
</svg>
Differences Between SVG and Canvas

SVG is a language for describing 2D graphics in XML.
Canvas draws 2D graphics, on the fly (with JavaScript).
SVG is XML based, which means that every element is available within
the SVG DOM. You can attach JavaScript event handlers for an element.
In SVG, each drawn shape is remembered as an object. If attributes of

an SVG object are changed, the browser can automatically re-render the
shape.
Canvas is rendered pixel by pixel. In canvas, once the graphic is drawn, it

is forgotten by the browser. If its position should be changed, the entire
scene needs to be redrawn, including any objects that might have been
covered by the graphic.
Comparison of Canvas and SVG

The table below shows some important differences between Canvas and
SVG:
Canvas SVG
 Resolution dependent  Resolution independent

 No support for event  Support for event handlers
handlers  Best suited for applications with
 Poor text rendering large rendering areas (Google Maps)
capabilities  Slow rendering if complex (anything
 You can save the resulting that uses the DOM a lot will be slow)
image as .png or .jpg  Not suited for game applications
 Well suited for graphic-
intensive games
HTML Multimedia(Audi
o and Video)
Multimedia on the web is sound, music, videos, movies, and
animations.
What is Multimedia?
Multimedia comes in many different formats. It can be almost anything
you can hear or see, like images, music, sound, videos, records, films,
animations, and more.
Web pages often contain multimedia elements of different types and

formats.
Browser Support
The first web browsers had support for text only, limited to a single font
in a single color.
Later came browsers with support for colors, fonts, images, and
multimedia!
Multimedia Formats
Multimedia elements (like audio or video) are stored in media files.
The most common way to discover the type of a file, is to look at the file
extension.
Multimedia files have formats and different extensions

like: .wav, .mp3, .mp4, .mpg, .wmv, and .avi.
Common Video Formats
There are many video formats out there.
The MP4, WebM, and Ogg formats are supported

by HTML.
The MP4 format is recommended by YouTube.
Format File Description
MPEG .mpg MPEG. Developed by the Moving Pictures Expert

.mpeg Group. The first popular video format on the web. Not
supported anymore in HTML.
AVI .avi AVI (Audio Video Interleave). Developed by Microsoft.

Commonly used in video cameras and TV hardware.
Plays well on Windows computers, but not in web
browsers.
WMV .wmv WMV (Windows Media Video). Developed by

Microsoft. Commonly used in video cameras and TV
hardware. Plays well on Windows computers, but not
in web browsers.
QuickTime .mov QuickTime. Developed by Apple. Commonly used in

video cameras and TV hardware. Plays well on Apple
computers, but not in web browsers.
RealVideo .rm RealVideo. Developed by Real Media to allow video

.ram streaming with low bandwidths. Does not play in web
browsers.
Flash .swf Flash. Developed by Macromedia. Often requires an

.flv extra component (plug-in) to play in web browsers.
Ogg .ogg Theora Ogg. Developed by the Xiph.Org Foundation.

Supported by HTML.
WebM .webm WebM. Developed by Mozilla, Opera, Adobe, and

Google. Supported by HTML.
MPEG-4 .mp4 MP4. Developed by the Moving Pictures Expert Group.

or MP4 Commonly used in video cameras and TV hardware.
Supported by all browsers and recommended by
YouTube.
Note: Only MP4, WebM, and Ogg video are supported by the HTML standard.
Common Audio Formats

MP3 is the best format for compressed recorded music. The term MP3 has
become synonymous with digital music.
If your website is about recorded music, MP3 is the choice.
Format File Description
MIDI .mid MIDI (Musical Instrument Digital Interface). Main format

.midi for all electronic music devices like synthesizers and PC
sound cards. MIDI files do not contain sound, but digital
notes that can be played by electronics. Plays well on all
computers and music hardware, but not in web
browsers.
RealAudio .rm RealAudio. Developed by Real Media to allow streaming

.ram of audio with low bandwidths. Does not play in web
browsers.
WMA .wma WMA (Windows Media Audio). Developed by Microsoft.

Plays well on Windows computers, but not in web
browsers.
AAC .aac AAC (Advanced Audio Coding). Developed by Apple as

the default format for iTunes. Plays well on Apple
computers, but not in web browsers.
WAV .wav WAV. Developed by IBM and Microsoft. Plays well on

Windows, Macintosh, and Linux operating systems.
Supported by HTML.
Ogg .ogg Ogg. Developed by the Xiph.Org Foundation. Supported

by HTML.
MP3 .mp3 MP3 files are actually the sound part of MPEG files. MP3
is the most popular format for music players. Combines
good compression (small files) with high quality.
Supported by all browsers.
MP4 .mp4 MP4 is a video format, but can also be used for audio.
Supported by all browsers.
Note: Only MP3, WAV, and Ogg audio are supported by the HTML standard.
HTML Video
<!DOCTYPE html>
<html>
<body>
<video width="400" controls>

<source src="mov_bbb.mp4" type="video/mp4">
<source src="mov_bbb.ogg" type="video/ogg">
Your browser does not support HTML video.
</video>
<p>
Video courtesy of
<a href="https://www.bigbuckbunny.org/" target="_blank">Big Buck Bunny</a>.
</p>
</body>
</html>
The HTML <video> Element

To show a video in HTML, use the <video> element:
<video width="320" height="240" controls>

<source src="movie.mp4" type="video/mp4">
<source src="movie.ogg" type="video/ogg">
Your browser does not support the video tag.
</video>
How it Works
The controls attribute adds video controls, like play, pause, and volume.
It is a good idea to always include width and height attributes. If height

and width are not set, the page might flicker while the video loads.
The <source> element allows you to specify alternative video files which
the browser may choose from. The browser will use the first recognized
format.
The text between the <video> and </video> tags will only be displayed in
browsers that do not support the <video> element.
HTML <video> Autoplay

To start a video automatically, use the autoplay attribute:
Example
<video width="320" height="240" autoplay>
</video>
Note: Chromium browsers do not allow autoplay in most cases. However,

muted autoplay is always allowed.
Add muted after autoplay to let your video start playing automatically (but
muted):
Example
<video width="320" height="240" autoplay muted>

</video>
HTML Video Formats
There are three supported video formats: MP4, WebM, and Ogg. The
browser support for the different formats is:
Browser MP4 WebM Ogg
Edge YES YES YES
Chrome YES YES YES
Firefox YES YES YES
Safari YES YES NO
Opera YES YES YES
HTML Video - Media Types

File Format Media Type
MP4 video/mp4
WebM video/webm
Ogg video/ogg
HTML Video - Methods, Properties, and

Events
The HTML DOM defines methods, properties, and events for
the <video> element.
This allows you to load, play, and pause videos, as well as setting
duration and volume.
There are also DOM events that can notify you when a video begins to
play, is paused, etc.
Example: Using JavaScript
<!DOCTYPE html>
<html>
<body>
<div style="text-align:center">
<button onclick="playPause()">Play/Pause</button>
<button onclick="makeBig()">Big</button>
<button onclick="makeSmall()">Small</button>
<button onclick="makeNormal()">Normal</button>
<br><br>
<video id="video1" width="420">
<source src="mov_bbb.mp4" type="video/mp4">
<source src="mov_bbb.ogg" type="video/ogg">
Your browser does not support HTML video.
</video>
</div>
<script>
var myVideo = document.getElementById("video1");
function playPause() {
if (myVideo.paused)
myVideo.play();
else
myVideo.pause();
}
function makeBig() {
myVideo.width = 560;
}
function makeSmall() {
}
function makeNormal() {
}
</script>
<p>Video courtesy of <a href="https://www.bigbuckbunny.org/"

target="_blank">Big Buck Bunny</a>.</p>
</body>
</html>
HTML Video Tags

Tag Description
<video> Defines a video or movie
<source> Defines multiple media resources for media elements, such

as <video> and <audio>
<track> Defines text tracks in media players
HTML Audio
The HTML <audio> element is used to play an audio file on a web
page.
The HTML <audio> Element

To play an audio file in HTML, use the <audio> element:
Example
<audio controls>
<source src="horse.ogg" type="audio/ogg">
<source src="horse.mp3" type="audio/mpeg">
Your browser does not support the audio element.
</audio>
HTML Audio - How It Works

The controls attribute adds audio controls, like play, pause, and volume.
The <source> element allows you to specify alternative audio files which
the browser may choose from. The browser will use the first recognized
format.
The text between the <audio> and </audio> tags will only be displayed in
browsers that do not support the <audio> element.
HTML <audio> Autoplay

To start an audio file automatically, use the autoplay attribute:
Example
<audio controls autoplay>

</audio>

Add muted after autoplay to let your audio file start playing automatically
(but muted):
Example
<audio controls autoplay muted>

</audio>
HTML Audio Formats
There are three supported audio formats: MP3, WAV, and OGG. The
browser support for the different formats is:
Browser MP3 WAV OGG
Edge/IE YES YES* YES*
Chrome YES YES YES
Firefox YES YES YES
Safari YES YES NO
Opera YES YES YES
HTML Audio - Media Types

File Format Media Type
MP3 audio/mpeg
OGG audio/ogg
WAV audio/wav
HTML Audio - Methods, Properties,

and Events
The HTML DOM defines methods, properties, and events for
the <audio> element.
This allows you to load, play, and pause audios, as well as set duration
and volume.
There are also DOM events that can notify you when an audio begins to
play, is paused, etc.
HTML Audio Tags
Tag Description
<audio> Defines sound content
<source> Defines multiple media resources for media elements, such as

<video> and <audio>
HTML YouTube Videos

The easiest way to play videos in HTML, is to use YouTube.
Struggling with Video Formats?

Converting videos to different formats can be difficult and time-
consuming.
An easier solution is to let YouTube play the videos in your web page.
YouTube Video Id
YouTube will display an id (like tgbNymZ7vqY), when you save (or play)
a video.
You can use this id, and refer to your video in the HTML code.
Playing a YouTube Video in HTML

To play your video on a web page, do the following:
 Upload the video to YouTube

 Take a note of the video id
 Define an <iframe> element in your web page
 Let the src attribute point to the video URL
 Use the width and height attributes to specify the dimension of the
player
 Add any other parameters to the URL (see below)
Example
<iframe width="420" height="315"

src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/tgbNymZ7vqY">
</iframe>
YouTube Autoplay + Mute

You can let your video start playing automatically when a user visits the
page, by adding autoplay=1 to the YouTube URL. However, automatically
starting a video is annoying for your visitors!

Add mute=1 after autoplay=1 to let your video start playing automatically
(but muted).
YouTube - Autoplay + Muted

src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/tgbNymZ7vqY?autoplay=1&mute=1">
</iframe>
YouTube Playlist
A comma separated list of videos to play (in addition to the original URL).
YouTube Loop
Add loop=1 to let your video loop forever.
Value 0 (default): The video will play only once.
Value 1: The video will loop (forever).

YouTube - Loop

src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/tgbNymZ7vqY?playlist=tgbNymZ7vqY&loo
p=1">
</iframe>
YouTube Controls
Add controls=0 to not display controls in the video player.
Value 0: Player controls does not display.
Value 1 (default): Player controls display.
YouTube - Controls

src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/tgbNymZ7vqY?controls=0">
</iframe>
CSS Transitio
ns
CSS Transitions
CSS transitions allows you to change property values smoothly, over a
given duration.

 transition
 transition-delay
 transition-duration
 transition-property
 transition-timing-function
How to Use CSS Transitions?

To create a transition effect, you must specify two things:
 the CSS property you want to add an effect to

 the duration of the effect
Note: If the duration part is not specified, the transition will have no
effect, because the default value is 0.
The following example shows a 100px * 100px red <div> element. The
<div> element has also specified a transition effect for the width
property, with a duration of 2 seconds:
Example
<!DOCTYPE html>
<html>
<head>
<style>
div {
width: 100px;
height: 100px;
background: red;
transition: width 2s;
}
div:hover {
width: 300px;
}
</style>
</head>
<body>
<h1>The transition Property</h1>
<p>Hover over the div element below, to see the transition

effect:</p>
<div></div>
</body>
</html>
The transition effect will start when the specified CSS property (width)
changes value.
Now, let us specify a new value for the width property when a user
mouses over the <div> element:
Example
div:hover {
width: 300px;
}
Notice that when the cursor mouses out of the element, it will gradually
change back to its original style.
Change Several Property Values

The following example adds a transition effect for both the width and
height property, with a duration of 2 seconds for the width and 4 seconds
for the height:
div {
transition: width 2s, height 4s;
}
div:hover {
width: 300px;
height: 300px;
}
Specify the Speed Curve of the
Transition
The transition-timing-function property specifies the speed curve of
the transition effect.
The transition-timing-function property can have the following values:
 ease - specifies a transition effect with a slow start, then fast, then
end slowly (this is default)
 linear - specifies a transition effect with the same speed from start
to end
 ease-in - specifies a transition effect with a slow start
 ease-out - specifies a transition effect with a slow end
 ease-in-out - specifies a transition effect with a slow start and end
 cubic-bezier(n,n,n,n) - lets you define your own values in a cubic-
bezier function
The following example shows some of the different speed curves that can
be used:
Example
#div1 {transition-timing-function: linear;}

#div2 {transition-timing-function: ease;}
#div3 {transition-timing-function: ease-in;}
#div4 {transition-timing-function: ease-out;}
#div5 {transition-timing-function: ease-in-out;}
<!DOCTYPE html>
<html>
<head>
<style>
div {
width: 100px;
height: 100px;
background: red;
transition: width 2s;
}
#div1 {transition-timing-function: linear;}

#div2 {transition-timing-function: ease;}
#div3 {transition-timing-function: ease-in;}
#div4 {transition-timing-function: ease-out;}
#div5 {transition-timing-function: ease-in-out;}
div:hover {
width: 300px;
}
</style>
</head>
<body>
<h1>The transition-timing-function Property</h1>
<p>Hover over the div elements below, to see the different speed
curves:</p>
<div id="div1">linear</div><br>
<div id="div2">ease</div><br>
<div id="div3">ease-in</div><br>
<div id="div4">ease-out</div><br>
<div id="div5">ease-in-out</div><br>
</body>
</html>
Delay the Transition Effect

The transition-delay property specifies a delay (in seconds) for the
transition effect.
The following example has a 1 second delay before starting:
Example
div {
transition-delay: 1s;
}
Transition + Transformation
The following example adds a transition effect to the transformation:
Example
div {
transition: width 2s, height 2s, transform 2s;
}
More Transition Examples

The CSS transition properties can be specified one by one, like this:
Example
div {
transition-property: width;
transition-duration: 2s;
transition-timing-function: linear;
transition-delay: 1s;
}
or by using the shorthand property transition:
Example
div {
transition: width 2s linear 1s;
}
Exercise:
Add a 2 second transition effect for width changes of the <div> element.
<style>
div {
width: 100px;
height: 100px;
background: red;
: ;
}
div:hover {
width: 300px;
}
</style>
<body>
<div>This is a div</div>
</body>
CSS Transition Properties

The following table lists all the CSS transition properties:
transition A shorthand property for setting the four transition

properties into a single property
transition-delay Specifies a delay (in seconds) for the transition effect
transition-duration Specifies how many seconds or milliseconds a

transition effect takes to complete
transition-property Specifies the name of the CSS property the transition

effect is for
transition-timing- Specifies the speed curve of the transition effect

function
CSS Animatio
ns
CSS Animations
CSS allows animation of HTML elements without using JavaScript or Flash!
 @keyframes
 animation-name
 animation-duration
 animation-delay
 animation-iteration-count
 animation-direction
 animation-timing-function
 animation-fill-mode
 animation
What are CSS Animations?

An animation lets an element gradually change from one style to another.
You can change as many CSS properties you want, as many times as you
want.
To use CSS animation, you must first specify some keyframes for the
animation.
Keyframes hold what styles the element will have at certain times.
The @keyframes Rule

When you specify CSS styles inside the @keyframes rule, the animation
will gradually change from the current style to the new style at certain
times.
To get an animation to work, you must bind the animation to an element.
The following example binds the "example" animation to the <div>

element. The animation will last for 4 seconds, and it will gradually
change the background-color of the <div> element from "red" to "yellow":
Example
<!DOCTYPE html>
<html>
<head>
<style>
div {
width: 100px;
height: 100px;
animation-name: example;
animation-duration: 4s;
}
@keyframes example {
from {background-color: red;}
to {background-color: yellow;}
}
</style>
</head>
<body>
<h1>CSS Animation</h1>
<div></div>
<p><b>Note:</b> When an animation is finished, it goes back

to its original style.</p>
</body>
</html>
Note: The animation-duration property defines how long an animation
should take to complete. If the animation-duration property is not
specified, no animation will occur, because the default value is 0s (0
seconds).
In the example above we have specified when the style will change by
using the keywords "from" and "to" (which represents 0% (start) and
100% (complete)).
It is also possible to use percent. By using percent, you can add as many
style changes as you like.
The following example will change the background-color of the <div>

element when the animation is 25% complete, 50% complete, and again
when the animation is 100% complete:
/* The animation code */

0% {background-color: red;}
25% {background-color: yellow;}
50% {background-color: blue;}
100% {background-color: green;}
}
/* The element to apply the animation to */

div {
width: 100px;
height: 100px;
}
The following example will change both the background-color and the
position of the <div> element when the animation is 25% complete, 50%
complete, and again when the animation is 100% complete:
Example
/* The animation code */

0% {background-color:red; left:0px; top:0px;}
25% {background-color:yellow; left:200px; top:0px;}
50% {background-color:blue; left:200px; top:200px;}
75% {background-color:green; left:0px; top:200px;}
100% {background-color:red; left:0px; top:0px;}
}
/* The element to apply the animation to */

div {
width: 100px;
height: 100px;
position: relative;
}
Delay an Animation
The animation-delay property specifies a delay for the start of an
animation.
The following example has a 2 seconds delay before starting the

animation:
Example
div {
width: 100px;
height: 100px;
position: relative;
animation-delay: 2s;
}
Negative values are also allowed. If using negative values, the animation
will start as if it had already been playing for N seconds.
In the following example, the animation will start as if it had already been
playing for 2 seconds:
Example
div {
width: 100px;
height: 100px;
position: relative;
animation-delay: -2s;
}
Set How Many Times an Animation

Should Run
The animation-iteration-count property specifies the number of times
an animation should run.
The following example will run the animation 3 times before it stops:
Example
div {
width: 100px;
height: 100px;
position: relative;
animation-iteration-count: 3;
}
The following example uses the value "infinite" to make the animation
continue for ever:
Example
div {
width: 100px;
height: 100px;
position: relative;
animation-iteration-count: infinite;
}
Run Animation in Reverse Direction or

Alternate Cycles
The animation-direction property specifies whether an animation should
be played forwards, backwards or in alternate cycles.
The animation-direction property can have the following values:
 normal - The animation is played as normal (forwards). This is

default
 reverse - The animation is played in reverse direction (backwards)
 alternate - The animation is played forwards first, then backwards
 alternate-reverse - The animation is played backwards first, then
forwards
The following example will run the animation in reverse direction

(backwards):
Example
div {
width: 100px;
height: 100px;
position: relative;
animation-direction: reverse;
}
The following example uses the value "alternate" to make the animation
run forwards first, then backwards:
Example
div {
width: 100px;
height: 100px;
position: relative;
animation-direction: alternate;
}
The following example uses the value "alternate-reverse" to make the

animation run backwards first, then forwards:
Example
div {
width: 100px;
height: 100px;
position: relative;
animation-direction: alternate-reverse;
}
Specify the Speed Curve of the

Animation
The animation-timing-function property specifies the speed curve of the
animation.
The animation-timing-function property can have the following values:
 ease - Specifies an animation with a slow start, then fast, then end
slowly (this is default)
 linear - Specifies an animation with the same speed from start to
end
 ease-in - Specifies an animation with a slow start
 ease-out - Specifies an animation with a slow end
 ease-in-out - Specifies an animation with a slow start and end
 cubic-bezier(n,n,n,n) - Lets you define your own values in a cubic-
bezier function
The following example shows some of the different speed curves that can
be used:
Example
#div1 {animation-timing-function: linear;}

#div2 {animation-timing-function: ease;}
#div3 {animation-timing-function: ease-in;}
#div4 {animation-timing-function: ease-out;}
#div5 {animation-timing-function: ease-in-out;}
<!DOCTYPE html>
<html>
<head>
<style>
div {
width: 100px;
height: 50px;
font-weight: bold;
position: relative;
animation: mymove 5s infinite;
}
#div1 {animation-timing-function: linear;}
#div2 {animation-timing-function: ease;}
#div3 {animation-timing-function: ease-in;}
#div4 {animation-timing-function: ease-out;}
#div5 {animation-timing-function: ease-in-out;}
@keyframes mymove {
from {left: 0px;}
to {left: 300px;}
}
</style>
</head>
<body>
<h1>CSS Animation</h1>
<p>The animation-timing-function property specifies the speed curve

of the animation. The following example shows some of the different
speed curves that can be used:</p>
<div id="div1">linear</div>
<div id="div2">ease</div>
<div id="div3">ease-in</div>
<div id="div4">ease-out</div>
<div id="div5">ease-in-out</div>
</body>
</html>
Specify the fill-mode For an Animation

CSS animations do not affect an element before the first keyframe is
played or after the last keyframe is played. The animation-fill-mode
property can override this behavior.
The animation-fill-mode property specifies a style for the target element
when the animation is not playing (before it starts, after it ends, or both).
The animation-fill-mode property can have the following values:
 none - Default value. Animation will not apply any styles to the
element before or after it is executing
 forwards - The element will retain the style values that is set by the
last keyframe (depends on animation-direction and animation-
iteration-count)
 backwards - The element will get the style values that is set by the
first keyframe (depends on animation-direction), and retain this
during the animation-delay period
 both - The animation will follow the rules for both forwards and
backwards, extending the animation properties in both directions
The following example lets the <div> element retain the style values
from the last keyframe when the animation ends:
Example
div {
width: 100px;
height: 100px;
background: red;
position: relative;
animation-fill-mode: forwards;
}
The following example lets the <div> element get the style values set by
the first keyframe before the animation starts (during the animation-
delay period):
Example
div {
width: 100px;
height: 100px;
background: red;
position: relative;
animation-fill-mode: backwards;
}
The following example lets the <div> element get the style values set by
the first keyframe before the animation starts, and retain the style values
from the last keyframe when the animation ends:
Example
div {
width: 100px;
height: 100px;
background: red;
position: relative;
animation-fill-mode: both;
}
Animation Shorthand Property

The example below uses six of the animation properties:
Example
div {
animation-timing-function: linear;
animation-iteration-count: infinite;
animation-direction: alternate;
}
The same animation effect as above can be achieved by using the
shorthand animation property:
Example
div {
animation: example 5s linear 2s infinite alternate;
}
Exercise:
Add a 2 second animation for the <div> element, which changes the
color from red to blue. Call the animation "example".
<style>
div {
width: 100px;
height: 100px;
animation-name: ;
: 2s;
}
from {: red;}
to {: blue;}
}
</style>
<body>
<div>This is a div</div>
</body>
CSS Animation Properties
The following table lists the @keyframes rule and all the CSS animation
properties:
@keyframes Specifies the animation code
animation A shorthand property for setting all the

animation properties
animation-delay Specifies a delay for the start of an animation
animation-direction Specifies whether an animation should be

played forwards, backwards or in alternate
cycles
animation-duration Specifies how long time an animation should

take to complete one cycle
animation-fill-mode Specifies a style for the element when the

animation is not playing (before it starts, after
it ends, or both)
animation-iteration-count Specifies the number of times an animation

should be played
animation-name Specifies the name of the @keyframes

animation
animation-play-state Specifies whether the animation is running or

paused
animation-timing-function Specifies the speed curve of the animation

JavaScript Intr
oduction
JavaScript is the world's most popular programming language.
JavaScript is the programming language of the Web.
JavaScript is easy to learn.
You will learn JavaScript from basic to advanced.
<!DOCTYPE html>
<html>
<body>
<h2>My First JavaScript</h2>
<button type="button"
onclick="document.getElementById('demo').innerHTML = Date()">
Click me to display Date and Time.</button>
<p id="demo"></p>
</body>
</html>
Why Study JavaScript?

JavaScript is one of the 3 languages all web developers must learn:
1. HTML to define the content of web pages
2. CSS to specify the layout of web pages

3. JavaScript to program the behavior of web pages
Learning Speed
In this lesson, the learning speed is your choice.
Everything is up to you.
If you are struggling, take a break, or re-read the material.
Always make sure you understand examples.
The only way to become a clever programmer is to: Practice. Practice.

Practice. Code. Code. Code !
Commonly Asked Questions

 How do I get JavaScript?
 Where can I download JavaScript?
 Is JavaScript Free?
You don't have to get or download JavaScript.
JavaScript is already running in your browser on your computer,

on your tablet, and on your smart-phone.
JavaScript is free to use for everyone.
JavaScript Can Change HTML Content

One of many JavaScript HTML methods is getElementById().
The example below "finds" an HTML element (with id="demo"), and

changes the element content (innerHTML) to "Hello JavaScript":
Example
document.getElementById("demo").innerHTML = "Hello JavaScript";
JavaScript accepts both double and single quotes: like so
document.getElementById('demo').innerHTML = 'Hello JavaScript';

JavaScript Can Change HTML Attribute
Values
In this example JavaScript changes the value of the src (source)
attribute of an <img> tag:
<!DOCTYPE html>
<html>
<body>
<h2>What Can JavaScript Do?</h2>
<p>JavaScript can change HTML attribute values.</p>
<p>In this case JavaScript changes the value of the src (source)
attribute of an image.</p>
<button
onclick="document.getElementById('myImage').src='pic_bulbon.
gif'">Turn on the light</button>
<img id="myImage" src="pic_bulboff.gif" style="width:100px">
<button
onclick="document.getElementById('myImage').src='pic_bulboff.
gif'">Turn off the light</button>
</body>
</html>
JavaScript Can Change HTML Styles

(CSS)
Changing the style of an HTML element, is a variant of changing an HTML
attribute:
Example
document.getElementById("demo").style.fontSize = "35px";
JavaScript Can Hide HTML Elements

Hiding HTML elements can be done by changing the display style:
document.getElementById("demo").style.display = "none";
JavaScript Can Show HTML Elements

Showing hidden HTML elements can also be done by changing
the display style:
Example
document.getElementById("demo").style.display = "block";
JavaScript Where To
The <script> Tag
In HTML, JavaScript code is inserted
between <script> and </script> tags.
Example
<script>
document.getElementById("demo").innerHTML = "My First JavaScript";
</script>
Old JavaScript examples may use a type attribute: <script

type="text/javascript">.
The type attribute is not required. JavaScript is the default scripting
language in HTML.
JavaScript Functions and Events

A JavaScript function is a block of JavaScript code, that can be executed
when "called" for.
For example, a function can be called when an event occurs, like when
the user clicks a button.
You will learn much more about functions and events in later chapters.
JavaScript in <head> or <body>

You can place any number of scripts in an HTML document.
Scripts can be placed in the <body>, or in the <head> section of an HTML

page, or in both.
JavaScript in <head>
In this example, a JavaScript function is placed in the <head> section of
an HTML page.
The function is invoked (called) when a button is clicked:
Example
<!DOCTYPE html>
<html>
<head>
<script>
document.getElementById("demo").innerHTML = "Paragraph changed.";
}
</script>
</head>
<body>
<h2>Demo JavaScript in Head</h2>
<p id="demo">A Paragraph</p>

<button type="button" onclick="myFunction()">Try it</button>
</body>
</html>
JavaScript in <body>
In this example, a JavaScript function is placed in the <body> section of

an HTML page.
The function is invoked (called) when a button is clicked:
Example
<!DOCTYPE html>
<html>
<body>
<h2>Demo JavaScript in Body</h2>
<p id="demo">A Paragraph</p>
<button type="button" onclick="myFunction()">Try it</button>
<script>
}
</script>
</body>
</html>
Placing scripts at the bottom of the <body> element improves the display speed,
because script interpretation slows down the display.
External JavaScript
Scripts can also be placed in external files:
External file: myScript.js
}
External scripts are practical when the same code is used in many
different web pages.
JavaScript files have the file extension .js.
To use an external script, put the name of the script file in

the src (source) attribute of a <script> tag:
Example
<script src="myScript.js"></script>
You can place an external script reference in <head> or <body> as you like.
The script will behave as if it was located exactly where the <script> tag
is located.
External scripts cannot contain <script> tags.
External JavaScript Advantages

Placing scripts in external files has some advantages:
 It separates HTML and code

 It makes HTML and JavaScript easier to read and maintain
 Cached JavaScript files can speed up page loads
To add several script files to one page - use several script tags:
Example
<script src="myScript1.js"></script>
<script src="myScript2.js"></script>
External References
An external script can be referenced in 3 different ways:
 With a full URL (a full web address)

 With a file path (like /js/)
 Without any path
This example uses a full URL to link to myScript.js:
Example
<script src="https://www.javascript.com/js/myScript.js"></script>
This example uses a file path to link to myScript.js:
Example
<script src="/js/myScript.js"></script>
This example uses no path to link to myScript.js:
Example
<script src="myScript.js"></script>
JavaScript Comments
JavaScript comments can be used to explain JavaScript code,
and to make it more readable.
JavaScript comments can also be used to prevent execution,

when testing alternative code.
Single Line Comments

Single line comments start with //.
Any text between // and the end of the line will be ignored by JavaScript
(will not be executed).
This example uses a single-line comment before each code line:
Example
// Change heading:
document.getElementById("myH").innerHTML = "My First Page";
// Change paragraph:
document.getElementById("myP").innerHTML = "My first paragraph.";
his example uses a single line comment at the end of each line to explain
the code:
Example
let x = 5; // Declare x, give it the value of 5

let y = x + 2; // Declare y, give it the value of x + 2
Multi-line Comments
Multi-line comments start with /* and end with */.
Any text between /* and */ will be ignored by JavaScript.
This example uses a multi-line comment (a comment block) to explain

the code:
Example
/*
The code below will change
the heading with id = "myH"
and the paragraph with id = "myP"
in my web page:
*/
It is most common to use single line comments.

Block comments are often used for formal documentation.
Using Comments to Prevent Execution

Using comments to prevent execution of code is suitable for code testing.
Adding // in front of a code line changes the code lines from an

executable line to a comment.
This example uses // to prevent execution of one of the code lines:
Example
//document.getElementById("myH").innerHTML = "My First Page";

This example uses a comment block to prevent execution of multiple lines:
Example
/*
*/
JavaScript Variables
Variables are Containers for Storing Data
JavaScript Variables can be declared in 4 ways:
 Automatically
 Using var
 Using let
 Using const
In this first example, x, y, and z are undeclared variables.
They are automatically declared when first used:
Example
x = 5;
y = 6;
z = x + y;
Note
It is considered good programming practice to always declare variables before
use.
From the examples you can guess:
 x stores the value 5

 y stores the value 6
 z stores the value 11
Example using var
var x = 5;
var y = 6;
var z = x + y;
Note
The var keyword was used in all JavaScript code from 1995 to 2015.
The let and const keywords were added to JavaScript in 2015.
The var keyword should only be used in code written for older browsers.
Example using let

let x = 5;
let y = 6;
let z = x + y;
Example using const

const x = 5;
const y = 6;
const z = x + y;
Mixed Example
const price1 = 5;
const price2 = 6;
let total = price1 + price2;
The two variables price1 and price2 are declared with the const keyword.
These are constant values and cannot be changed.
The variable total is declared with the let keyword.
The value total can be changed.
When to Use var, let, or const?

1. Always declare variables
2. Always use const if the value should not be changed
3. Always use const if the type should not be changed (Arrays and Objects)
4. Only use let if you can't use const
5. Only use var if you MUST support old browsers.
Just Like Algebra

Just like in algebra, variables hold values:
let x = 5;
let y = 6;
Just like in algebra, variables are used in expressions:
Just like in algebra, variables are used in expressions:
let z = x + y;
From the example above, you can guess that the total is calculated to be
11.
Note
Variables are containers for storing values.
JavaScript Identifiers
All JavaScript variables must be identified with unique names.
These unique names are called identifiers.
Identifiers can be short names (like x and y) or more descriptive names

(age, sum, totalVolume).
The general rules for constructing names for variables (unique identifiers)
are:
 Names can contain letters, digits, underscores, and dollar signs.

 Names must begin with a letter.
 Names can also begin with $ and _ (but we will not use it in this
tutorial).
 Names are case sensitive (y and Y are different variables).
 Reserved words (like JavaScript keywords) cannot be used as
names.
Note
JavaScript identifiers are case-sensitive.
The Assignment Operator

In JavaScript, the equal sign (=) is an "assignment" operator, not an
"equal to" operator.
This is different from algebra. The following does not make sense in
algebra:
x = x + 5
In JavaScript, however, it makes perfect sense: it assigns the value of x

+ 5 to x.
(It calculates the value of x + 5 and puts the result into x. The value of x
is incremented by 5.)
Note
The "equal to" operator is written like == in JavaScript.
JavaScript Data Types

JavaScript variables can hold numbers like 100 and text values like "John
Doe".
In programming, text values are called text strings.
JavaScript can handle many types of data, but for now, just think of
numbers and strings.
Strings are written inside double or single quotes. Numbers are written
without quotes.
If you put a number in quotes, it will be treated as a text string.
Example
const pi = 3.14;
let person = "John Doe";
let answer = 'Yes I am!';
Declaring a JavaScript Variable

Creating a variable in JavaScript is called "declaring" a variable.
You declare a JavaScript variable with the var or the let keyword:
var carName;
or:
let carName;
After the declaration, the variable has no value (technically it

is undefined).
To assign a value to the variable, use the equal sign:
carName = "Volvo";
You can also assign a value to the variable when you declare it:
let carName = "Volvo";
In the example below, we create a variable called carName and assign the
value "Volvo" to it.
Then we "output" the value inside an HTML paragraph with id="demo":
Example
<p id="demo"></p>
<script>
document.getElementById("demo").innerHTML = carName;
</script>
Note
It's a good programming practice to declare all variables at the beginning of a
script.
One Statement, Many Variables

You can declare many variables in one statement.
Start the statement with let and separate the variables by comma:
Example
let person = "John Doe", carName = "Volvo", price = 200;
A declaration can span multiple lines:
Example
let person = "John Doe",

carName = "Volvo",
price = 200;
Value = undefined
In computer programs, variables are often declared without a value. The
value can be something that has to be calculated, or something that will
be provided later, like user input.
A variable declared without a value will have the value undefined.
The variable carName will have the value undefined after the execution of
this statement:
Example
let carName;
Re-Declaring JavaScript Variables

If you re-declare a JavaScript variable declared with var, it will not lose
its value.
The variable carName will still have the value "Volvo" after the execution
of these statements:
Example
var carName = "Volvo";

var carName;
Note
You cannot re-declare a variable declared with let or const.
This will not work:

let carName;
JavaScript Arithmetic
As with algebra, you can do arithmetic with JavaScript variables, using
operators like = and +:
Example
let x = 5 + 2 + 3;
You can also add strings, but strings will be concatenated:
Example
let x = "John" + " " + "Doe";
Also try this:
Example
let x = "5" + 2 + 3;
Note
If you put a number in quotes, the rest of the numbers will be treated as strings,
and concatenated.
Now try this:
Example
let x = 2 + 3 + "5";
JavaScript Dollar Sign $
Since JavaScript treats a dollar sign as a letter, identifiers containing
$ are valid variable names:
Example
let $ = "Hello World";

let $$$ = 2;
let $myMoney = 5;
Using the dollar sign is not very common in JavaScript, but professional
programmers often use it as an alias for the main function in a JavaScript
library.
In the JavaScript library jQuery, for instance, the main function $ is used
to select HTML elements. In jQuery $("p"); means "select all p elements".
JavaScript Underscore (_)

Since JavaScript treats underscore as a letter, identifiers containing _ are
valid variable names:
Example
let _lastName = "Johnson";

let _x = 2;
let _100 = 5;
Using the underscore is not very common in JavaScript, but a convention

among professional programmers is to use it as an alias for "private
(hidden)" variables.
Exercise:
Create a variable called carName and assign the value Volvo to it.
JavaScript Da
ta Types
JavaScript has 8 Datatypes
1. String
2. Number
3. Bigint
4. Boolean
5. Undefined
6. Null
7. Symbol
8. Object
The Object Datatype

The object data type can contain:
1. An object
2. An array
3. A date
Examples
// Numbers:
let length = 16;
let weight = 7.5;
// Strings:
let color = "Yellow";
let lastName = "Johnson";
// Booleans
let x = true;
let y = false;
// Object:
const person = {firstName:"John", lastName:"Doe"};
// Array object:
const cars = ["Saab", "Volvo", "BMW"];
// Date object:
const date = new Date("2022-03-25");
Note
A JavaScript variable can hold any type of data.
The Concept of Data Types

In programming, data types is an important concept.
To be able to operate on variables, it is important to know something

about the type.
Without data types, a computer cannot safely solve this:
let x = 16 + "Volvo";
Does it make any sense to add "Volvo" to sixteen? Will it produce an

error or will it produce a result?
JavaScript will treat the example above as:
let x = "16" + "Volvo";
Note
When adding a number and a string, JavaScript will treat the number as a string.
Example
let x = 16 + "Volvo";
Example
let x = "Volvo" + 16;
JavaScript evaluates expressions from left to right. Different sequences

can produce different results:
JavaScript:
let x = 16 + 4 + "Volvo";
Result:
20Volvo
JavaScript:
let x = "Volvo" + 16 + 4;
Result:
Volvo164
In the first example, JavaScript treats 16 and 4 as numbers, until it

reaches "Volvo".
In the second example, since the first operand is a string, all operands
are treated as strings.
JavaScript Types are Dynamic

JavaScript has dynamic types. This means that the same variable can be
used to hold different data types:
Example
let x; // Now x is undefined

x = 5; // Now x is a Number
x = "John"; // Now x is a String
JavaScript Strings
A string (or a text string) is a series of characters like "John Doe".
Strings are written with quotes. You can use single or double quotes:
Example
// Using double quotes:

let carName1 = "Volvo XC60";
// Using single quotes:

let carName2 = 'Volvo XC60';
You can use quotes inside a string, as long as they don't match the
quotes surrounding the string:
Example
// Single quote inside double quotes:

let answer1 = "It's alright";
// Single quotes inside double quotes:

let answer2 = "He is called 'Johnny'";
// Double quotes inside single quotes:

let answer3 = 'He is called "Johnny"';
You will learn more about strings later in this tutorial.

JavaScript Numbers
All JavaScript numbers are stored as decimal numbers (floating point).
Numbers can be written with, or without decimals:
Example
// With decimals:
let x1 = 34.00;
// Without decimals:
let x2 = 34;
Exponential Notation
Extra large or extra small numbers can be written with scientific
(exponential) notation:
Example
let y = 123e5; // 12300000

let z = 123e-5; // 0.00123
Note
Most programming languages have many number types:
Whole numbers (integers):

byte (8-bit), short (16-bit), int (32-bit), long (64-bit)
Real numbers (floating-point):

float (32-bit), double (64-bit).
Javascript numbers are always one type:
double (64-bit floating point).
You will learn more about numbers later in this tutorial.
JavaScript BigInt
All JavaScript numbers are stored in a a 64-bit floating-point format.
JavaScript BigInt is a new datatype (ES2020) that can be used to store

integer values that are too big to be represented by a normal JavaScript
Number.
Example
let x = BigInt("123456789012345678901234567890");
You will learn more about BigInt later in this tutorial.
JavaScript Booleans
Booleans can only have two values: true or false.
Example
let x = 5;
let y = 5;
let z = 6;
(x == y) // Returns true
(x == z) // Returns false
Booleans are often used in conditional testing.
You will learn more about booleans later in this tutorial.

JavaScript Arrays
JavaScript arrays are written with square brackets.
Array items are separated by commas.
The following code declares (creates) an array called cars, containing

three items (car names):
Example
const cars = ["Saab", "Volvo", "BMW"];
Array indexes are zero-based, which means the first item is [0], second is
[1], and so on.
You will learn more about arrays later in this tutorial.
JavaScript Objects
JavaScript objects are written with curly braces {}.
Object properties are written as name:value pairs, separated by commas.
Example
const person = {firstName:"John", lastName:"Doe", age:50,

eyeColor:"blue"};
The object (person) in the example above has 4 properties: firstName,

lastName, age, and eyeColor.
You will learn more about objects later in this tutorial.
The typeof Operator

You can use the JavaScript typeof operator to find the type of a
JavaScript variable.
The typeof operator returns the type of a variable or an expression:
Example
typeof "" // Returns "string"

typeof "John" // Returns "string"
typeof "John Doe" // Returns "string"
Example
typeof 0 // Returns "number"

typeof 314 // Returns "number"
typeof 3.14 // Returns "number"
typeof (3) // Returns "number"
typeof (3 + 4) // Returns "number"
You will learn more about typeof later in this lesson.
Undefined
In JavaScript, a variable without a value, has the value undefined. The
type is also undefined.
Example
let car; // Value is undefined, type is undefined
Any variable can be emptied, by setting the value to undefined. The type
will also be undefined.
Example
car = undefined; // Value is undefined, type is undefined
Empty Values
An empty value has nothing to do with undefined.
An empty string has both a legal value and a type.
Example
let car = ""; // The value is "", the typeof is "string"
Exercise:
Use comments to describe the correct data type of the following variables:
let length = 16; //

let lastName = "Johnson"; //
const x = {
firstName: "John",
lastName: "Doe"
};
**Week 7-8: Advanced Topics**

*Week 7:*
HTML Iframes
An HTML iframe is used to display a web page within a web
page.
HTML Iframe Syntax

The HTML <iframe> tag specifies an inline frame.
An inline frame is used to embed another document within the current

HTML document.
<iframe src="url" title="description"></iframe>
Tip: It is a good practice to always include a title attribute for

the <iframe>. This is used by screen readers to read out what the content
of the iframe is.
Iframe - Set Height and Width

Use the height and width attributes to specify the size of the iframe.
The height and width are specified in pixels by default:
Example
<iframe src="demo_iframe.htm" height="200" width="300" title="Iframe

Example"></iframe>
Or you can add the style attribute and use the

CSS height and width properties:
Example
<iframe src="demo_iframe.htm" style="height:200px;width:300px;" title="

Iframe Example"></iframe>
Iframe - Remove the Border

By default, an iframe has a border around it.
To remove the border, add the style attribute and use the
CSS border property:
Example
<iframe src="demo_iframe.htm" style="border:none;" title="Iframe
Example"></iframe>
With CSS, you can also change the size, style and color of the iframe's
border:
Example
<iframe src="demo_iframe.htm" style="border:2px solid

red;" title="Iframe Example"></iframe>
Iframe - Target for a Link

An iframe can be used as the target frame for a link.
The target attribute of the link must refer to the name attribute of the
iframe:
Example
<iframe src="demo_iframe.htm" name="iframe_a" title="Iframe

Example"></iframe>
<p><a href="https://www.w3schools.com" target="iframe_a">W3Schools.com<

/a></p>
Chapter Summary
 The HTML <iframe> tag specifies an inline frame
 The src attribute defines the URL of the page to embed
 Always include a title attribute (for screen readers)
 The height and width attributes specify the size of the iframe
 Use border:none; to remove the border around the iframe
Exercise:
Create an iframe with a URL address that goes to
https://www.facebook.com.
<iframe ="https://www.facebook.com"></iframe>
HTML iframe Tag

Tag Description
<iframe> Defines an inline frame
Exercise:
Create an iframe with a URL address that goes to
https://www.w3schools.com.
<iframe ="https://www.w3schools.com"></iframe>
HTML JavaScri
pt
JavaScript makes HTML pages more dynamic and interactive.
<!DOCTYPE html>
<html>
<body>
<h1>My First JavaScript</h1>
onclick="document.getElementById('demo').innerHTML = Date()">
Click me to display Date and Time.</button>
<p id="demo"></p>
</body>
</html>
The HTML <script> Tag

The HTML <script> tag is used to define a client-side script (JavaScript).
The <script> element either contains script statements, or it points to an

external script file through the src attribute.
Common uses for JavaScript are image manipulation, form validation,

and dynamic changes of content.
To select an HTML element, JavaScript most often uses

the document.getElementById() method.
This JavaScript example writes "Hello JavaScript!" into an HTML element

with id="demo":
Example
<script>
document.getElementById("demo").innerHTML = "Hello JavaScript!";
</script>
A Taste of JavaScript
Here are some examples of what JavaScript can do:
Example
JavaScript can change content:

Example
JavaScript can change styles:
document.getElementById("demo").style.fontSize = "25px";
document.getElementById("demo").style.color = "red";
document.getElementById("demo").style.backgroundColor = "yellow";
Example
JavaScript can change attributes:
document.getElementById("image").src = "picture.gif";
The HTML <noscript> Tag

The HTML <noscript> tag defines an alternate content to be displayed to
users that have disabled scripts in their browser or have a browser that
doesn't support scripts:
Example
<script>
</script>
<noscript>Sorry, your browser does not support JavaScript!</noscript>
Exercise:
Use JavaScript to change the HTML content of the <p> element to "Hello
World!".
<body>
<p id="demo">Hi.</p>
<script>
document.("demo").innerHTML = "Hello World!";
</script>
</body>
HTML Script Tags

Tag Description
<script> Defines a client-side script
<noscript> Defines an alternate content for users that do not support

client-side scripts
HTML File Paths

File Path Examples
Path Description
<img src="picture.jpg"> The "picture.jpg" file is located in the

same folder as the current page
<img src="images/picture.jpg"> The "picture.jpg" file is located in the

images folder in the current folder
<img src="/images/picture.jpg"> The "picture.jpg" file is located in the

images folder at the root of the current
web
<img src="../picture.jpg"> The "picture.jpg" file is located in the

folder one level up from the current
folder
HTML File Paths
A file path describes the location of a file in a web site's folder structure.
File paths are used when linking to external files, like:
 Web pages
 Images
 Style sheets
 JavaScripts
Absolute File Paths

An absolute file path is the full URL to a file:
Example
<img src="https://www.w3schools.com/images/picture.jpg" alt="Mountain">
Relative File Paths

A relative file path points to a file relative to the current page.
In the following example, the file path points to a file in the images folder
located at the root of the current web:
Example
<img src="/images/picture.jpg" alt="Mountain">
located in the current folder:
Example
<img src="images/picture.jpg" alt="Mountain">

located in the folder one level up from the current folder:
Example
<img src="../images/picture.jpg" alt="Mountain">
Best Practice
It is best practice to use relative file paths (if possible).
When using relative file paths, your web pages will not be bound to your
current base URL. All links will work on your own computer (localhost) as
well as on your current public domain and your future public domains.
Responsive Web
Design - Introduction
What is Responsive Web Design?
Responsive web design makes your web page look good on all devices.
Responsive web design uses only HTML and CSS.
Responsive web design is not a program or a JavaScript.
Designing For The Best Experience For

All Users
Web pages can be viewed using many different devices: desktops, tablets,
and phones. Your web page should look good, and be easy to use,
regardless of the device.
Web pages should not leave out information to fit smaller devices, but
rather adapt its content to fit any device:
It is called responsive web design when you use CSS and HTML to resize,
hide, shrink, enlarge, or move the content to make it look good on any
screen.
Don't worry if you don't understand the example below, we will break
down the code, step-by-step, in the next chapters:
<!DOCTYPE html>
<html>
<head>

scale=1.0">
<style>
*{
.row::after {
content: "";
clear: both;
display: table;
[class*="col-"] {
float: left;
padding: 15px;
html {
font-family: "Lucida Sans", sans-serif;

}
.header {
background-color: #9933cc;
color: #ffffff;
padding: 15px;
.menu ul {
margin: 0;
padding: 0;
.menu li {
padding: 8px;
margin-bottom: 7px;
background-color: #33b5e5;
color: #ffffff;
box-shadow: 0 1px 3px rgba(0,0,0,0.12), 0 1px 2px rgba(0,0,0,0.24);
.menu li:hover {
}
.aside {
background-color: #33b5e5;
padding: 15px;
color: #ffffff;
text-align: center;
font-size: 14px;
box-shadow: 0 1px 3px rgba(0,0,0,0.12), 0 1px 2px rgba(0,0,0,0.24);
.footer {
color: #ffffff;
text-align: center;
font-size: 12px;
padding: 15px;
/* For mobile phones: */
[class*="col-"] {
width: 100%;
@media only screen and (min-width: 600px) {
/* For tablets: */
.col-s-1 {width: 8.33%;}
.col-s-2 {width: 16.66%;}

.col-s-3 {width: 25%;}
.col-s-4 {width: 33.33%;}
.col-s-5 {width: 41.66%;}
.col-s-7 {width: 58.33%;}
.col-s-8 {width: 66.66%;}
.col-s-10 {width: 83.33%;}
.col-s-11 {width: 91.66%;}
.col-s-12 {width: 100%;}
@media only screen and (min-width: 768px) {
/* For desktop: */
.col-1 {width: 8.33%;}
.col-2 {width: 16.66%;}
.col-3 {width: 25%;}
.col-4 {width: 33.33%;}
.col-5 {width: 41.66%;}
.col-7 {width: 58.33%;}
.col-8 {width: 66.66%;}
.col-10 {width: 83.33%;}
.col-11 {width: 91.66%;}
.col-12 {width: 100%;}
}
</style>
</head>
<body>
<h1>Chania</h1>
</div>
<div class="row">
<div class="col-3 col-s-3 menu">
<ul>
<li>The Flight</li>
<li>The City</li>
<li>The Island</li>
<li>The Food</li>
</ul>
</div>
<div class="col-6 col-s-9">
<h1>The City</h1>
<p>Chania is the capital of the Chania region on the island of Crete.

The city can be divided in two parts, the old town and the modern
city.</p>
</div>
<div class="col-3 col-s-12">
<div class="aside">
<h2>What?</h2>
<p>Chania is a city on the island of Crete.</p>
<h2>Where?</h2>
<p>Crete is a Greek island in the Mediterranean Sea.</p>
<h2>How?</h2>
<p>You can reach Chania airport from all over Europe.</p>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<p>Resize the browser window to see how the content respond to the
resizing.</p>
</div>
</body>
</html>
Responsive Web
Design - The Viewport
What is The Viewport?
The viewport is the user's visible area of a web page.
The viewport varies with the device, and will be smaller on a mobile
phone than on a computer screen.
Before tablets and mobile phones, web pages were designed only for
computer screens, and it was common for web pages to have a static
design and a fixed size.
Then, when we started surfing the internet using tablets and mobile
phones, fixed size web pages were too large to fit the viewport. To fix
this, browsers on those devices scaled down the entire web page to fit
the screen.
This was not perfect!! But a quick fix.
Setting The Viewport

HTML5 introduced a method to let web designers take control over the
viewport, through the <meta> tag.
You should include the following <meta> viewport element in all your web
pages:

scale=1.0">
This gives the browser instructions on how to control the page's

dimensions and scaling.
The width=device-width part sets the width of the page to follow the
screen-width of the device (which will vary depending on the device).
The initial-scale=1.0 part sets the initial zoom level when the page is
first loaded by the browser.
Size Content to The Viewport

Users are used to scroll websites vertically on both desktop and mobile
devices - but not horizontally!
So, if the user is forced to scroll horizontally, or zoom out, to see the
whole web page it results in a poor user experience.
Some additional rules to follow:
1. Do NOT use large fixed width elements - For example, if an image

is displayed at a width wider than the viewport it can cause the viewport
to scroll horizontally. Remember to adjust this content to fit within the
width of the viewport.
2. Do NOT let the content rely on a particular viewport width to
render well - Since screen dimensions and width in CSS pixels vary
widely between devices, content should not rely on a particular viewport
width to render well.
3. Use CSS media queries to apply different styling for small and
large screens - Setting large absolute CSS widths for page elements will
cause the element to be too wide for the viewport on a smaller device.
Instead, consider using relative width values, such as width: 100%. Also,
be careful of using large absolute positioning values. It may cause the
element to fall outside the viewport on small devices.
Responsive Web Design -

Media Queries
What is a Media Query?
Media query is a CSS technique introduced in CSS3.
It uses the @media rule to include a block of CSS properties only if a

certain condition is true.
Example
If the browser window is 600px or smaller, the background color will be

lightblue:
<!DOCTYPE html>
<html>
<head>
<style>
body {
background-color: lightgreen;
}
body {
}
}
</style>
</head>
<body>
<p>Resize the browser window. When the width of this document is 600 pixels or
less, the background-color is "lightblue", otherwise it is "lightgreen".</p>
</body>
</html>
Add a Breakpoint
Earlier in this tutorial we made a web page with rows and columns, and it
was responsive, but it did not look good on a small screen.
Media queries can help with that. We can add a breakpoint where certain
parts of the design will behave differently on each side of the breakpoint.
<!DOCTYPE html>
<html>
<head>
<style>
/* Common CSS for all screen sizes */
body {
font-family: Arial, sans-serif;
margin: 0;
padding: 0;
}
header {
color: #fff;
text-align: center;
padding: 20px;
}
section {
padding: 20px;
display: flex;
flex-wrap: wrap;
}
aside {
padding: 10px;
float: left;
width: 30%;
}
aside ul {
padding: 0;
display: flex;
}
aside li {
margin-bottom: 10px;
}
main {
float: left;
width: 70%;
}
/* Media Query for screens smaller than 600px */

header {
font-size: 20px;
}
aside, main {
width: 100%;
}
aside ul {
}
}
/* Media Query for screens between 601px and 1024px */

@media screen and (min-width: 601px) and (max-width: 1024px) {
header {
font-size: 24px;
}
aside, main {
width: 100%;
}
}
/* Media Query for screens larger than 1024px */

@media screen and (min-width: 1025px) {
header {
font-size: 28px;
}
aside {
width: 30%;
}
main {
width: 70%;
}
}
</style>
</head>
<body>
<header>
Responsive Design Example
</header>
<section>
<aside>
<h2>Navigation</h2>
<ul>
<li><a href="#">Home</a></li>
<li><a href="#">About</a></li>
<li><a href="#">Services</a></li>
<li><a href="#">Contact</a></li>
</ul>
</aside>
<main>
<h1>Welcome to our website</h1>
<p>This is a simple example of a responsive design using HTML and CSS
with media queries. The header text size changes based on the screen width.</p>
<h2>About Us</h2>
<p>Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipiscing elit. Sed ac metus
vitae orci convallis volutpat. Aenean at lorem sit amet nulla euismod congue. Nulla
facilisi.</p>
<h2>Services</h2>
<p>We offer a wide range of services to meet your needs. Our services
include web design, development, and digital marketing.</p>
</main>
</section>
</body>
</html>
JavaScript Fu
nctions
A JavaScript function is a block of code designed to perform a particular task.
A JavaScript function is executed when "something" invokes it (calls it).
Example
<p id="demo"></p>
<script>
// Function to compute the product of p1 and p2
function myFunction(p1, p2) {
return p1 * p2;
}
let result = myFunction(4, 3);
document.getElementById("demo").innerHTML = result;
</script>
JavaScript Function Syntax

A JavaScript function is defined with the function keyword, followed by
a name, followed by parentheses ().
Function names can contain letters, digits, underscores, and dollar signs
(same rules as variables).
The parentheses may include parameter names separated by commas:

(parameter1, parameter2, ...)
The code to be executed, by the function, is placed inside curly

brackets: {}
function name(parameter1, parameter2, parameter3) {

// code to be executed
}
Function parameters are listed inside the parentheses () in the function

definition.
Function arguments are the values received by the function when it is

invoked.
Inside the function, the arguments (the parameters) behave as local

variables.
Function Invocation
The code inside the function will execute when
"something" invokes (calls) the function:
 When an event occurs (when a user clicks a button)

 When it is invoked (called) from JavaScript code
 Automatically (self invoked)
You will learn a lot more about function invocation later in this lesson.
Function Return
When JavaScript reaches a return statement, the function will stop
executing.
If the function was invoked from a statement, JavaScript will "return" to

execute the code after the invoking statement.
Functions often compute a return value. The return value is "returned"

back to the "caller":
Example
Calculate the product of two numbers, and return the result:
// Function is called, the return value will end up in x

let x = myFunction(4, 3);
function myFunction(a, b) {
// Function returns the product of a and b
return a * b;
}
Why Functions?
With functions you can reuse code
You can write code that can be used many times.
You can use the same code with different arguments, to produce different
results.
The () Operator
The () operator invokes (calls) the function:
Example
Convert Fahrenheit to Celsius:
function toCelsius(fahrenheit) {
return (5/9) * (fahrenheit-32);
}
let value = toCelsius(77);

document.getElementById("demo").innerHTML = value;
Accessing a function with incorrect parameters can return an

incorrect answer:
Example
}
let value = toCelsius();
Accessing a function without () returns the function and not the

function result:
Example
}
let value = toCelsius;
Note
As you see from the examples above, toCelsius refers to the function object,
and toCelsius() refers to the function result.
Functions Used as Variable Values

Functions can be used the same way as you use variables, in all types of
formulas, assignments, and calculations.
Example
Instead of using a variable to store the return value of a function:
let x = toCelsius(77);
let text = "The temperature is " + x + " Celsius";
You can use the function directly, as a variable value:
let text = "The temperature is " + toCelsius(77) + " Celsius";
Local Variables
Variables declared within a JavaScript function, become LOCAL to the
function.
Local variables can only be accessed from within the function.
Example
// code here can NOT use carName
// code here CAN use carName
}
// code here can NOT use carName
Since local variables are only recognized inside their functions, variables
with the same name can be used in different functions.
Local variables are created when a function starts, and deleted when the
function is completed.
Exercise:
Execute the function named myFunction.
alert("Hello World!");
};
JavaScript Control Structures

JavaScript if, else, and else if
Conditional statements are used to perform different actions
based on different conditions.
Conditional Statements
Very often when you write code, you want to perform different actions for
different decisions.
You can use conditional statements in your code to do this.
In JavaScript we have the following conditional statements:

 Use if to specify a block of code to be executed, if a specified
condition is true
 Use else to specify a block of code to be executed, if the same
condition is false
 Use else if to specify a new condition to test, if the first condition
is false
 Use switch to specify many alternative blocks of code to be
executed
The switch statement is described in the next chapter.
The if Statement
Use the if statement to specify a block of JavaScript code to be executed
if a condition is true.
Syntax
if (condition) {
// block of code to be executed if the condition is true
}
Note that if is in lowercase letters. Uppercase letters (If or IF) will generate a
JavaScript error.
Example
Make a "Good day" greeting if the hour is less than 18:00:
<!DOCTYPE html>
<html>
<body>
<h2>JavaScript if</h2>
<p>Display "Good day!" if the hour is less than 18:00:</p>
<p id="demo">Good Evening!</p>

<script>
if (new Date().getHours() < 10) {
document.getElementById("demo").innerHTML = "Good day!";
}
</script>
</body>
</html>
The else Statement

Use the else statement to specify a block of code to be executed if the
condition is false.
if (condition) {
// block of code to be executed if the condition is true
} else {
// block of code to be executed if the condition is false
}
Example
If the hour is less than 18, create a "Good day" greeting, otherwise "Good
evening":
<!DOCTYPE html>
<html>
<body>
<h2>JavaScript if .. else</h2>
<p>A time-based greeting:</p>
<p id="demo"></p>
<script>
const hour = new Date().getHours();
let greeting;
if (hour < 18) {

greeting = "Good day";
} else {
greeting = "Good evening";
}
document.getElementById("demo").innerHTML = greeting;
</script>
</body>
</html>
The else if Statement

Use the else if statement to specify a new condition if the first condition
is false.
Syntax
if (condition1) {
// block of code to be executed if condition1 is true
} else if (condition2) {
// block of code to be executed if the condition1 is false and
condition2 is true
} else {
// block of code to be executed if the condition1 is false and
condition2 is false
}
Example
If time is less than 10:00, create a "Good morning" greeting, if not, but time
is less than 20:00, create a "Good day" greeting, otherwise a "Good evening":
if (time < 10) {

greeting = "Good morning";
} else if (time < 20) {
greeting = "Good day";
} else {
greeting = "Good evening";
}
Exercise:
Fix the if statement to alert "Hello World" if x is greater than y.
if x > y
alert("Hello World");
JavaScript Switch State

ment
The switch statement is used to perform different actions based
on different conditions.
The JavaScript Switch Statement

Use the switch statement to select one of many code blocks to be
executed.
Syntax
switch(expression) {
case x:
// code block
break;
case y:
// code block
break;
default:
// code block
}
This is how it works:
 The switch expression is evaluated once.

 The value of the expression is compared with the values of each
case.
 If there is a match, the associated block of code is executed.
 If there is no match, the default code block is executed.
Example
The getDay() method returns the weekday as a number between 0 and 6.
(Sunday=0, Monday=1, Tuesday=2 ..)
This example uses the weekday number to calculate the weekday name:
<!DOCTYPE html>
<html>
<body>
<h2>JavaScript switch</h2>
<p id="demo"></p>
<script>
let day;
switch (new Date().getDay()) {
case 0:
day = "Sunday";
break;
case 1:
day = "Monday";
break;
case 2:
day = "Tuesday";
break;
case 3:
day = "Wednesday";
break;
case 4:
day = "Thursday";
break;
case 5:
day = "Friday";
break;
case 6:
day = "Saturday";
}
document.getElementById("demo").innerHTML = "Today is " + day;
</script>
</body>
</html>
The result of day will be:
Thursday
The break Keyword

When JavaScript reaches a break keyword, it breaks out of the switch block.
This will stop the execution inside the switch block.
It is not necessary to break the last case in a switch block. The block breaks (ends) there
anyway.
Note: If you omit the break statement, the next case will be executed even if the evaluation does not
match the case.
The default Keyword

The default keyword specifies the code to run if there is no case match:
Example
The getDay() method returns the weekday as a number between 0 and 6.
If today is neither Saturday (6) nor Sunday (0), write a default message:

case 6:
text = "Today is Saturday";
break;
case 0:
text = "Today is Sunday";
break;
default:
text = "Looking forward to the Weekend";
}
The result of text will be:

Looking forward to the Weekend
The default case does not have to be the last case in a switch block:
Example

default:
break;
case 6:
text = "Today is Saturday";
break;
case 0:
text = "Today is Sunday";
}
If default is not the last case in the switch block, remember to end the default
case with a break.
Common Code Blocks

Sometimes you will want different switch cases to use the same code.
In this example case 4 and 5 share the same code block, and 0 and 6
share another code block:
Example

case 4:
case 5:
text = "Soon it is Weekend";
break;
case 0:
case 6:
text = "It is Weekend";
break;
default:
}
Switching Details
If multiple cases matches a case value, the first case is selected.
If no matching cases are found, the program continues to

the default label.
If no default label is found, the program continues to the

statement(s) after the switch.
Strict Comparison
Switch cases use strict comparison (===).
The values must be of the same type to match.
A strict comparison can only be true if the operands are of the same type.
In this example there will be no match for x:
<!DOCTYPE html>
<html>
<body>
<h2>JavaScript switch</h2>
<p id="demo"></p>
<script>
let x = "0";
switch (x) {
case 0:
text = "Off";
break;
case 1:
text = "On";
break;
default:
text = "No value found";
}
document.getElementById("demo").innerHTML = text;
</script>
</body>
</html>
Exercise:
Create a switch statement that will alert "Hello" if fruits is "banana", and
"Welcome" if fruits is "apple".
_____(fruits) {
___ "Banana":
alert("Hello")
break;
___"Apple":
alert("Welcome")
break;
}
JavaScript For Loop

Loops can execute a block of code a number of times.
JavaScript Loops
Loops are handy, if you want to run the same code over and over again,
each time with a different value.
Often this is the case when working with arrays:
Instead of writing:
text += cars[0] + "<br>";

You can write:

<!DOCTYPE html>
<html>
<body>
<h2>JavaScript For Loop</h2>
<p id="demo"></p>
<script>
const cars = ["BMW", "Volvo", "Saab", "Ford", "Fiat", "Audi"];
let text = "";

for (let i = 0; i < cars.length; i++) {
text += cars[i] + "<br>";
}
</script>
</body>
</html>
Different Kinds of Loops

JavaScript supports different kinds of loops:
 for - loops through a block of code a number of times

 for/in - loops through the properties of an object
 for/of - loops through the values of an iterable object
 while - loops through a block of code while a specified condition is
true
 do/while - also loops through a block of code while a specified
condition is true
The For Loop

The for statement creates a loop with 3 optional expressions:
for (expression 1; expression 2; expression 3) {

// code block to be executed
}
Expression 1 is executed (one time) before the execution of the code

block.
Expression 2 defines the condition for executing the code block.

Expression 3 is executed (every time) after the code block has been
executed.
Example
<!DOCTYPE html>
<html>
<body>
<h2>JavaScript For Loop</h2>
<p id="demo"></p>
<script>
let text = "";
for (let i = 0; i < 5; i++) {

text += "The number is " + i + "<br>";
}
</script>
</body>
</html>
From the example above, you can read:
Expression 1 sets a variable before the loop starts (let i = 0).
Expression 2 defines the condition for the loop to run (i must be less than
5).
Expression 3 increases a value (i++) each time the code block in the loop
has been executed.
Expression 1
Normally you will use expression 1 to initialize the variable used in the
loop (let i = 0).
This is not always the case. JavaScript doesn't care. Expression 1 is

optional.
You can initiate many values in expression 1 (separated by comma):

Example
<p id="demo"></p>
<script>
const cars = ["BMW", "Volvo", "Saab", "Ford"];
let i, len, text;
for (i = 0, len = cars.length, text = ""; i < len; i++) {
}
</script>
And you can omit expression 1 (like when your values are set before the
loop starts):
Example
let i = 2;
let len = cars.length;
let text = "";
for (; i < len; i++) {
}
Expression 2
Often expression 2 is used to evaluate the condition of the initial variable.
This is not always the case. JavaScript doesn't care. Expression 2 is also
optional.
If expression 2 returns true, the loop will start over again. If it returns
false, the loop will end.
If you omit expression 2, you must provide a break inside the loop. Otherwise
the loop will never end. This will crash your browser. Read about breaks in a
later chapter of this tutorial.
Expression 3
Often expression 3 increments the value of the initial variable.
This is not always the case. JavaScript doesn't care. Expression 3 is
optional.
Expression 3 can do anything like negative increment (i--), positive

increment (i = i + 15), or anything else.
Expression 3 can also be omitted (like when you increment your values
inside the loop):
Example
let i = 0;
let len = cars.length;
let text = "";
for (; i < len; ) {
i++;
}
Loop Scope
Using var in a loop:
Example
<!DOCTYPE html>
<html>
<body>
<h2>JavaScript var</h2>
<p id="demo"></p>
<script>
var i = 5;
for (var i = 0; i < 10; i++) {
// some statements
}
document.getElementById("demo").innerHTML = i;
</script>
</body>
</html>
Using let in a loop:
Example
<!DOCTYPE html>
<html>
<body>
<h2>JavaScript let</h2>
<p id="demo"></p>
<script>
let i = 5;
for (let i = 0; i < 10; i++) {
// some statements
}
document.getElementById("demo").innerHTML = i;
</script>
</body>
</html>
In the first example, using var, the variable declared in the loop
redeclares the variable outside the loop.
In the second example, using let, the variable declared in the loop does
not redeclare the variable outside the loop.
When let is used to declare the i variable in a loop, the i variable will
only be visible within the loop.
For/Of and For/In Loops
The for/in loop and the for/of loop are explained in the next chapter.
While Loops
The while loop and the do/while are explained in the next chapters.
Exercise:
Create a loop that runs from 0 to 9.
JavaScript For In
The For In Loop
The JavaScript for in statement loops through the properties of an Object:
Syntax
for (key in object) {

}
Example
const person = {fname:"John", lname:"Doe", age:25};
let text = "";

for (let x in person) {
text += person[x];
}
document.getElementById("demo").innerHTML = txt;
Example Explained
 The for in loop iterates over a person object
 Each iteration returns a key (x)
 The key is used to access the value of the key
 The value of the key is person[x]
For In Over Arrays

The JavaScript for in statement can also loop over the properties of an
Array:
Syntax
for (variable in array) {

code
}
Example
const numbers = [45, 4, 9, 16, 25];
let txt = "";

for (let x in numbers) {
txt += numbers[x];
}
Do not use for in over an Array if the index order is important.
The index order is implementation-dependent, and array values may not be

accessed in the order you expect.
It is better to use a for loop, a for of loop, or Array.forEach() when the order
is important.
Array.forEach()
The forEach() method calls a function (a callback function) once for each
array element.
Example
<!DOCTYPE html>
<html>
<body>
<h1>JavaScript Arrays</h1>
<h2>The forEach() Method</h2>
<p>Call a function once for each array element:</p>
<p id="demo"></p>
<script>
const numbers = [45, 4, 9, 16, 25];
let txt = "";

numbers.forEach(myFunction);
function myFunction(value, index, array) {

txt += value + "<br>";
}
</script>
</body>
</html>
Note that the function takes 3 arguments:
 The item value

 The item index
 The array itself
The example above uses only the value parameter. It can be rewritten to:
Example
const numbers = [45, 4, 9, 16, 25];
let txt = "";

numbers.forEach(myFunction);
function myFunction(value) {
txt += value;
}
JavaScript For Of
The For Of Loop
The JavaScript for of statement loops through the values of an iterable
object.
It lets you loop over iterable data structures such as Arrays, Strings,
Maps, NodeLists, and more:
Syntax
for (variable of iterable) {

}
variable - For every iteration the value of the next property is assigned
to the variable. Variable can be declared with const, let, or var.
iterable - An object that has iterable properties.
Looping over an Array

const cars = ["BMW", "Volvo", "Mini"];
let text = "";

for (let x of cars) {
text += x;
}
Looping over a String
Example
let language = "JavaScript";
let text = "";

for (let x of language) {
text += x;
}
JavaScript While Loop
Loops can execute a block of code as long as a specified
condition is true.
The While Loop

The while loop loops through a block of code as long as a specified
condition is true.
Syntax
while (condition) {
}
Example
In the following example, the code in the loop will run, over and over
again, as long as a variable (i) is less than 10:
Example
<!DOCTYPE html>
<html>
<body>
<h2>JavaScript While Loop</h2>
<p id="demo"></p>
<script>
let text = "";
let i = 0;
while (i < 10) {
text += "<br>The number is " + i;
i++;
}
</script>
</body>
</html>
If you forget to increase the variable used in the condition, the loop will
never end. This will crash your browser.
The Do While Loop

The do while loop is a variant of the while loop. This loop will execute the
code block once, before checking if the condition is true, then it will
repeat the loop as long as the condition is true.
Syntax
do {
}
while (condition);
Example
The example below uses a do while loop. The loop will always be
executed at least once, even if the condition is false, because the code
block is executed before the condition is tested:
Example
do {
text += "The number is " + i;
i++;
}
while (i < 10);
Do not forget to increase the variable used in the condition, otherwise the
loop will never end!
Comparing For and While

If you have read the previous chapter, about the for loop, you will
discover that a while loop is much the same as a for loop, with statement
1 and statement 3 omitted.
The loop in this example uses a for loop to collect the car names from
the cars array:
Example

let i = 0;
let text = "";
for (;cars[i];) {
text += cars[i];
i++;
}
The loop in this example uses a while loop to collect the car names from
the cars array:
Example

let i = 0;
let text = "";
while (cars[i]) {
text += cars[i];
i++;
}
Exercise:
Create a loop that runs as long as i is less than 10.
*Week 8:*
HTML Entities
Reserved characters in HTML must be replaced with entities:
 < (less than) = <
 > (greather than) = >
HTML Character Entities

Some characters are reserved in HTML.
If you use the less than (<) or greater than (>) signs in your HTML text,
the browser might mix them with tags.
Entity names or entity numbers can be used to display reserved HTML

characters.
Entity names look like this:
&entity_name;
Entity numbers look like this:
&#entity_number;
To display a less than sign (<) we must write: < or <
Entity names are easier to remember than entity numbers.
Non-breaking Space
A commonly used HTML entity is the non-breaking space:
A non-breaking space is a space that will not break into a new line.
Two words separated by a non-breaking space will stick together (not

break into a new line). This is handy when breaking the words might be
disruptive.
Examples:
 § 10
 10 km/h
 10 PM
Another common use of the non-breaking space is to prevent browsers

from truncating spaces in HTML pages.
If you write 10 spaces in your text, the browser will remove 9 of them.
To add real spaces to your text, you can use the character entity.
The non-breaking hyphen (‑) is used to define a hyphen character (-)

that does not break into a new line.
Some Useful HTML Character Entities

Result Description Name Number
non-breaking space
< less than < <
> greater than > >
& ampersand & &
" double quotation mark " "
' single quotation mark ' '
¢ cent ¢ ¢
£ pound £ £

¥ yen ¥ ¥
€ euro € €
© copyright © ©
® trademark ® ®
Note
Entity names are case sensitive.
HTML Symbols
Symbols or letters that are not present on your keyboard can be added to
HTML using entities.
HTML Symbol Entities

HTML entities were described in the previous chapter.
Many mathematical, technical, and currency symbols, are not present on

a normal keyboard.
To add such symbols to an HTML page, you can use the entity name or
the entity number (a decimal or a hexadecimal reference) for the symbol:
Example
Display the euro sign:
<p>I will display €</p>

Will display as:
I will display €
I will display €
I will display €
Some Mathematical Symbols Supported by HTML

Char Number Entity Description
∀ ∀ For all

∀
∂ ∂ ∂ Partial differential
∃ ∃ There exists

∃
∅ ∅ Empty sets

∅
∇ ∇ Nabla

∇
∈ ∈ Element of

∈
∉ ∉ Not an element of

∉
∋ &ni; Contains as member

∋
∏ ∏ ∏ N-ary product
∑ ∑ ∑ N-ary summation
Make research on other HTML entities and Symbols

HTML Uniform Resource Locators
A URL is another word for a web address.
A URL can be composed of words (e.g. w3schools.com), or an Internet Protocol (IP)

address (e.g. 192.68.20.50).
Most people enter the name when surfing, because names are easier to remember
than numbers.
URL - Uniform Resource Locator

Web browsers request pages from web servers by using a URL.
A Uniform Resource Locator (URL) is used to address a document (or other data) on the web.
A web address like https://www.facebook.com follows these syntax rules:
scheme://prefix.domain:port/path/filename
Explanation:
 scheme - defines the type of Internet service (most common is http or https)
 prefix - defines a domain prefix (default for http is www)
 domain - defines the Internet domain name (like w3schools.com)
 port - defines the port number at the host (default for http is 80)
 path - defines a path at the server (If omitted: the root directory of the site)
 filename - defines the name of a document or resource
Common URL Schemes

The table below lists some common schemes:
Scheme Short for Used for
http HyperText Transfer Protocol Common web pages. Not encrypted
https Secure HyperText Transfer Protocol Secure web pages. Encrypted
ftp File Transfer Protocol Downloading or uploading files
file A file on your computer
URL Encoding
URLs can only be sent over the Internet using the ASCII character-set. If a URL contains
characters outside the ASCII set, the URL has to be converted.
URL encoding converts non-ASCII characters into a format that can be transmitted over the
Internet.
URL encoding replaces non-ASCII characters with a "%" followed by hexadecimal digits.
URLs cannot contain spaces. URL encoding normally replaces a space with a plus (+) sign,
or %20.
ASCII Encoding Examples

Your browser will encode input, according to the character-set used in your page.
The default character-set in HTML5 is UTF-8.
Character From Windows-1252 From UTF-8
€ %80 %E2%82%AC
£ %A3 %C2%A3
© %A9 %C2%A9
® %AE %C2%AE
À %C0 %C3%80
Á %C1 %C3%81
Â %C2 %C3%82
Ã %C3 %C3%83
Ä %C4 %C3%84
Å %C5 %C3%85
JavaScript HTML DOM
With the HTML DOM, JavaScript can access and change all the elements
of an HTML document.
The HTML DOM (Document Object Model)

When a web page is loaded, the browser creates
a Document Object Model of the page.
The HTML DOM model is constructed as a tree of Objects:
The HTML DOM Tree of Objects
With the object model, JavaScript gets all the power it needs to create
dynamic HTML:
 JavaScript can change all the HTML elements in the page

 JavaScript can change all the HTML attributes in the page
 JavaScript can change all the CSS styles in the page
 JavaScript can remove existing HTML elements and attributes
 JavaScript can add new HTML elements and attributes
 JavaScript can react to all existing HTML events in the page
 JavaScript can create new HTML events in the page
What You Will Learn

In the next chapters of this tutorial you will learn:
 How to change the content of HTML elements

 How to change the style (CSS) of HTML elements
 How to react to HTML DOM events
 How to add and delete HTML elements
What is the HTML DOM?

The HTML DOM is a standard object model and programming
interface for HTML. It defines:
 The HTML elements as objects

 The properties of all HTML elements
 The methods to access all HTML elements
 The events for all HTML elements
In other words: The HTML DOM is a standard for how to get, change,
add, or delete HTML elements.
JavaScript - HTML DOM Methods

HTML DOM methods are actions you can perform (on HTML Elements).
HTML DOM properties are values (of HTML Elements) that you can set or
change.
The DOM Programming Interface

The HTML DOM can be accessed with JavaScript (and with other
programming languages).
In the DOM, all HTML elements are defined as objects.
The programming interface is the properties and methods of each object.
A property is a value that you can get or set (like changing the content
of an HTML element).
A method is an action you can do (like add or deleting an HTML element).
Example
The following example changes the content (the innerHTML) of
the <p> element with id="demo":
Example
<html>
<body>
<p id="demo"></p>
<script>
document.getElementById("demo").innerHTML = "Hello World!";
</script>
</body>
</html>
In the example above, getElementById is a method, while innerHTML is

a property.
The getElementById Method

The most common way to access an HTML element is to use the id of the
element.
In the example above the getElementById method used id="demo" to find

the element.
The innerHTML Property

The easiest way to get the content of an element is by using
the innerHTML property.
The innerHTML property is useful for getting or replacing the content of

HTML elements.
The innerHTML property can be used to get or change any HTML element,
including <html> and <body>.
JavaScript Events
HTML events are "things" that happen to HTML elements.
When JavaScript is used in HTML pages, JavaScript can "react" on these events.
HTML Events
An HTML event can be something the browser does, or something a user does.
Here are some examples of HTML events:
 An HTML web page has finished loading

 An HTML input field was changed
 An HTML button was clicked
Often, when events happen, you may want to do something.
JavaScript lets you execute code when events are detected.
HTML allows event handler attributes, with JavaScript code, to be

added to HTML elements.
With single quotes:
<element event='some JavaScript'>
With double quotes:
<element event="some JavaScript">
In the following example, an onclick attribute (with code), is added to

a <button> element:
Example
<button onclick="document.getElementById('demo').innerHTML =
Date()">The time is?</button>
In the example above, the JavaScript code changes the content of the
element with id="demo".
In the next example, the code changes the content of its own element
(using this.innerHTML):
Example
<button onclick="this.innerHTML = Date()">The time is?</button>
JavaScript code is often several lines long. It is more common to see event
attributes calling functions:
Example
<button onclick="displayDate()">The time is?</button>

Common HTML Events
Here is a list of some common HTML events:
Event Description
onchange An HTML element has been changed
onclick The user clicks an HTML element
onmouseover The user moves the mouse over an HTML element
onmouseout The user moves the mouse away from an HTML element
onkeydown The user pushes a keyboard key
onload The browser has finished loading the page
JavaScript Event Handlers

Event handlers can be used to handle and verify user input, user actions,
and browser actions:
 Things that should be done every time a page loads

 Things that should be done when the page is closed
 Action that should be performed when a user clicks a button
 Content that should be verified when a user inputs data
 And more ...
Many different methods can be used to let JavaScript work with events:
 HTML event attributes can execute JavaScript code directly

 HTML event attributes can call JavaScript functions
 You can assign your own event handler functions to HTML elements
 You can prevent events from being sent or being handled
 And more ...
Exercise:
The <button> element should do something when someone clicks on it. Try to fix it!
<button ="alert('Hello')">Click me.</button>

JavaScript HTML DOM Document
The HTML DOM document object is the owner of all other objects in your web page.
The HTML DOM Document Object

The document object represents your web page.
If you want to access any element in an HTML page, you always start with accessing the
document object.
Below are some examples of how you can use the document object to access and manipulate
HTML.
Finding HTML Elements

Method Description
document.getElementById(id) Find an element by element id
document.getElementsByTagName(name) Find elements by tag name
document.getElementsByClassName(name) Find elements by class name
Changing HTML Elements

element.innerHTML = new html content Change the inner HTML of an element
element.attribute = new value Change the attribute value of an HTML

element
element.style.property = new style Change the style of an HTML element

Method Description
element.setAttribute(attribute, value) Change the attribute value of an HTML

element
Adding and Deleting Elements

Method Description
document.createElement(element) Create an HTML element
document.removeChild(element) Remove an HTML element
document.appendChild(element) Add an HTML element
document.replaceChild(new, old) Replace an HTML element
document.write(text) Write into the HTML output stream
Adding Events Handlers

Method Description
document.getElementById(id).onclick = function(){code} Adding event handler code to an

onclick event
Finding HTML Objects

The first HTML DOM Level 1 (1998), defined 11 HTML objects, object collections, and
properties. These are still valid in HTML5.
Later, in HTML DOM Level 3, more objects, collections, and properties were added.
Property Description DOM
document.anchors Returns all <a> elements that have a name attribute 1
document.applets Deprecated 1
document.baseURI Returns the absolute base URI of the document 3
document.body Returns the <body> element 1
document.cookie Returns the document's cookie 1
document.doctype Returns the document's doctype 3
document.documentElement Returns the <html> element 3
document.documentMode Returns the mode used by the browser 3
document.documentURI Returns the URI of the document 3
document.domain Returns the domain name of the document server 1
document.domConfig Obsolete. 3
document.embeds Returns all <embed> elements 3
document.forms Returns all <form> elements 1
document.head Returns the <head> element 3
document.images Returns all <img> elements 1
document.implementation Returns the DOM implementation 3
document.inputEncoding Returns the document's encoding (character set) 3
document.lastModified Returns the date and time the document was updated 3
document.links Returns all <area> and <a> elements that have a href 1
attribute
document.readyState Returns the (loading) status of the document 3
document.referrer Returns the URI of the referrer (the linking document) 1
document.scripts Returns all <script> elements 3

document.strictErrorChecking Returns if error checking is enforced 3
document.title Returns the <title> element 1
document.URL Returns the complete URL of the document 1
JavaScript HTML DOM Elements

This page teaches you how to find and access HTML elements in
an HTML page.
Finding HTML Elements

Often, with JavaScript, you want to manipulate HTML elements.
To do so, you have to find the elements first. There are several ways to
do this:
 Finding HTML elements by id

 Finding HTML elements by tag name
 Finding HTML elements by class name
 Finding HTML elements by CSS selectors
 Finding HTML elements by HTML object collections
Finding HTML Element by Id

The easiest way to find an HTML element in the DOM, is by using the
element id.
This example finds the element with id="intro":
Example
const element = document.getElementById("intro");
If the element is found, the method will return the element as an object
(in element).
If the element is not found, element will contain null.

Finding HTML Elements by Tag Name
This example finds all <p> elements:
Example
const element = document.getElementsByTagName("p");
This example finds the element with id="main", and then finds
all <p> elements inside "main":
Example
const x = document.getElementById("main");
const y = x.getElementsByTagName("p");
Finding HTML Elements by Class Name

If you want to find all HTML elements with the same class name,
use getElementsByClassName().
This example returns a list of all elements with class="intro".
Example
const x = document.getElementsByClassName("intro");
Finding HTML Elements by CSS Selectors

If you want to find all HTML elements that match a specified CSS selector
(id, class names, types, attributes, values of attributes, etc), use
the querySelectorAll() method.
This example returns a list of all <p> elements with class="intro".
Example
const x = document.querySelectorAll("p.intro");
Finding HTML Elements by HTML Object
Collections
This example finds the form element with id="frm1", in the forms
collection, and displays all element values:
Example
const x = document.forms["frm1"];
let text = "";
for (let i = 0; i < x.length; i++) {
text += x.elements[i].value + "<br>";
}
The following HTML objects (and object collections) are also accessible:
 document.anchors
 document.body
 document.documentElement
 document.embeds
 document.forms
 document.head
 document.images
 document.links
 document.scripts
 document.title
Exercise:
Use the getElementById method to find the <p> element, and change its
text to "Hello".
JavaScript HTML DOM - Changing HTML

The HTML DOM allows JavaScript to change the content of HTML elements.
Changing HTML Content

The easiest way to modify the content of an HTML element is by using
the innerHTML property.
To change the content of an HTML element, use this syntax:
document.getElementById(id).innerHTML = new HTML
This example changes the content of a <p> element:
Example
<html>
<body>
<p id="p1">Hello World!</p>
<script>
document.getElementById("p1").innerHTML = "New text!";
</script>
</body>
</html>
Example explained:
 The HTML document above contains a <p> element with id="p1"

 We use the HTML DOM to get the element with id="p1"
 A JavaScript changes the content (innerHTML) of that element to
"New text!"
This example changes the content of an <h1> element:
Example
<!DOCTYPE html>
<html>
<body>
<h1 id="id01">Old Heading</h1>
<script>
const element = document.getElementById("id01");
element.innerHTML = "New Heading";
</script>
</body>
</html>
Example explained:
 The HTML document above contains an <h1> element with id="id01"

 We use the HTML DOM to get the element with id="id01"
 A JavaScript changes the content (innerHTML) of that element to
"New Heading"
Changing the Value of an Attribute

To change the value of an HTML attribute, use this syntax:
document.getElementById(id).attribute = new value
This example changes the value of the src attribute of an <img> element:
Example
<!DOCTYPE html>
<html>
<body>
<img id="myImage" src="smiley.gif">
<script>
document.getElementById("myImage").src = "landscape.jpg";
</script>
</body>
</html>
Example explained:
 The HTML document above contains an <img> element

with id="myImage"
 We use the HTML DOM to get the element with id="myImage"
 A JavaScript changes the src attribute of that element from
"smiley.gif" to "landscape.jpg"
Dynamic HTML content

JavaScript can create dynamic HTML content:
Date : Thu Nov 02 2023 20:45:16 GMT+0000 (Greenwich Mean Time)
Example
<!DOCTYPE html>
<html>
<body>
<script>
document.getElementById("demo").innerHTML = "Date : " +
Date(); </script>
</body>
</html>
document.write()
In JavaScript, document.write() can be used to write directly to the HTML
output stream:
Example
<!DOCTYPE html>
<html>
<body>
<p>Bla bla bla</p>
<script>
document.write(Date());
</script>
<p>Bla bla bla</p>

</body>
</html>
Never use document.write() after the document is loaded. It will

overwrite the document.
Exercise:
Use HTML DOM to change the value of the image's src attribute.
JavaScript Forms
JavaScript Form Validation
HTML form validation can be done by JavaScript.
If a form field (fname) is empty, this function alerts a message, and

returns false, to prevent the form from being submitted:
JavaScript Example
function validateForm() {
let x = document.forms["myForm"]["fname"].value;
if (x == "") {
alert("Name must be filled out");
return false;
}
}
The function can be called when the form is submitted:
HTML Form Example

<form name="myForm" action="/action_page.php" onsubmit="return
validateForm()" method="post">
Name: <input type="text" name="fname">
</form>
JavaScript Can Validate Numeric Input

JavaScript is often used to validate numeric input:
Automatic HTML Form Validation
HTML form validation can be performed automatically by the browser:
If a form field (fname) is empty, the required attribute prevents this

form from being submitted:
HTML Form Example
<form action="/action_page.php" method="post">

<input type="text" name="fname" required>
</form>
Automatic HTML form validation does not work in Internet Explorer 9 or

earlier.
Data Validation
Data validation is the process of ensuring that user input is clean, correct, and useful.
Typical validation tasks are:
 has the user filled in all required fields?

 has the user entered a valid date?
 has the user entered text in a numeric field?
Most often, the purpose of data validation is to ensure correct user input.
Validation can be defined by many different methods, and deployed in many different ways.
Server side validation is performed by a web server, after input has been sent to the
server.
Client side validation is performed by a web browser, before input is sent to a web server.
HTML Constraint Validation

HTML5 introduced a new HTML validation concept called constraint validation.
HTML constraint validation is based on:

 Constraint validation HTML Input Attributes
 Constraint validation CSS Pseudo Selectors
 Constraint validation DOM Properties and Methods
Constraint Validation HTML Input Attributes

disabled Specifies that the input element should be disabled
max Specifies the maximum value of an input element
min Specifies the minimum value of an input element
pattern Specifies the value pattern of an input element
required Specifies that the input field requires an element
type Specifies the type of an input element
Constraint Validation CSS Pseudo Selectors

Selector Description
:disabled Selects input elements with the "disabled" attribute specified
:invalid Selects input elements with invalid values
:optional Selects input elements with no "required" attribute specified
:required Selects input elements with the "required" attribute specified
:valid Selects input elements with valid values

JavaScript HTML DOM - Changing CSS
The HTML DOM allows JavaScript to change the style of HTML elements.
Changing HTML Style

To change the style of an HTML element, use this syntax:
document.getElementById(id).style.property = new style
The following example changes the style of a <p> element:
Example
<html>
<body>
<p id="p2">Hello World!</p>
<script>
document.getElementById("p2").style.color = "blue";
</script>
</body>
</html>
Using Events
The HTML DOM allows you to execute code when an event occurs.
Events are generated by the browser when "things happen" to HTML

elements:
 An element is clicked on
 The page has loaded
 Input fields are changed
You will learn more about events in the next chapter of this tutorial.
This example changes the style of the HTML element with id="id1", when
the user clicks a button:
Example
<!DOCTYPE html>
<html>
<body>
<h1 id="id1">My Heading 1</h1>
onclick="document.getElementById('id1').style.color = 'red'">
Click Me!</button>
</body>
</html>
Exercise:
Change the text color of the <p> element to "red".
<p id="demo"></p>
<script>
document.getElementById("demo") = "red";
</script>
JavaScript HTML DOM Events

HTML DOM allows JavaScript to react to HTML events:
Reacting to Events
A JavaScript can be executed when an event occurs, like when a user
clicks on an HTML element.
To execute code when a user clicks on an element, add JavaScript code

to an HTML event attribute:
onclick=JavaScript
Examples of HTML events:
 When a user clicks the mouse

 When a web page has loaded
 When an image has been loaded
 When the mouse moves over an element
 When an input field is changed
 When an HTML form is submitted
 When a user strokes a key
In this example, the content of the <h1> element is changed when a user
clicks on it:
Example
<!DOCTYPE html>
<html>
<body>
<h1 onclick="this.innerHTML = 'Ooops!'">Click on this text!</h1>
</body>
</html>
In this example, a function is called from the event handler:
Example
<!DOCTYPE html>
<html>
<body>
<h1 onclick="changeText(this)">Click on this text!</h1>
<script>
function changeText(id) {
id.innerHTML = "Ooops!";
}
</script>
</body>
</html>
HTML Event Attributes

To assign events to HTML elements you can use event attributes.
Example
Assign an onclick event to a button element:
<!DOCTYPE html>
<html>
<body>
<h2>JavaScript HTML Events</h2>

<p>Click the button to display the date.</p>
<button onclick="displayDate()">The time is?</button>
<script>
function displayDate() {
document.getElementById("demo").innerHTML = Date();
}
</script>
<p id="demo"></p>
</body>
</html>
In the example above, a function named displayDate will be executed

when the button is clicked.
Assign Events Using the HTML DOM

The HTML DOM allows you to assign events to HTML elements using
JavaScript:
Example
Assign an onclick event to a button element:
<script>
document.getElementById("myBtn").onclick = displayDate;
Example</script>
In the example above, a function named displayDate is assigned to an

HTML element with the id="myBtn".
The function will be executed when the button is clicked.
The onload and onunload Events

The onload and onunload events are triggered when the user enters or
leaves the page.
The onload event can be used to check the visitor's browser type and
browser version, and load the proper version of the web page based on
the information.
The onload and onunload events can be used to deal with cookies.
<body onload="checkCookies()">
The onchange Event

The onchange event is often used in combination with validation of input
fields.
Below is an example of how to use the onchange.

The upperCase() function will be called when a user changes the content
of an input field.
Example
<input type="text" id="fname" onchange="upperCase()">
<!DOCTYPE html>
<html>
<body>
<h2>JavaScript HTML Events</h2>

Enter your name: <input type="text" id="fname"
onchange="upperCase()">
<p>When you leave the input field, a function is triggered which
transforms the input text to upper case.</p>
<script>
function upperCase() {
const x = document.getElementById("fname");
x.value = x.value.toUpperCase();
}
</script>
</body>
</html>
The onmouseover and onmouseout Events

The onmouseover and onmouseout events can be used to trigger a function
when the user mouses over, or out of, an HTML element:
The onmousedown, onmouseup and onclick Events

The onmousedown, onmouseup, and onclick events are all parts of a mouse-
click. First when a mouse-button is clicked, the onmousedown event is
triggered, then, when the mouse-button is released, the onmouseup
event is triggered, finally, when the mouse-click is completed, the onclick
event is triggered.
JavaScript HTML DOM EventListener
The addEventListener() method
Example
Add an event listener that fires when a user clicks a button:

The addEventListener() method attaches an event handler to the
specified element.
The addEventListener() method attaches an event handler to an element

without overwriting existing event handlers.
You can add many event handlers to one element.
You can add many event handlers of the same type to one element, i.e
two "click" events.
You can add event listeners to any DOM object not only HTML elements.
i.e the window object.
The addEventListener() method makes it easier to control how the event

reacts to bubbling.
When using the addEventListener() method, the JavaScript is separated

from the HTML markup, for better readability and allows you to add event
listeners even when you do not control the HTML markup.
You can easily remove an event listener by using

the removeEventListener() method.
Syntax
element.addEventListener(event, function, useCapture);
The first parameter is the type of the event (like "click" or "mousedown"
or any other HTML DOM Event.)
The second parameter is the function we want to call when the event
occurs.
The third parameter is a boolean value specifying whether to use event

bubbling or event capturing. This parameter is optional.
Note that you don't use the "on" prefix for the event; use "click" instead of
"onclick".
Add an Event Handler to an Element
Example
Alert "Hello World!" when the user clicks on an element:
element.addEventListener("click", function(){ alert("Hello World!"); });
You can also refer to an external "named" function:
Example
Alert "Hello World!" when the user clicks on an element:
element.addEventListener("click", myFunction);
alert ("Hello World!");
}
Add Many Event Handlers to the Same Element
The addEventListener() method allows you to add many events to the

same element, without overwriting existing events:
Example
element.addEventListener("click", myFunction);
element.addEventListener("click", mySecondFunction);
You can add events of different types to the same element:
Example
element.addEventListener("mouseover", myFunction);
element.addEventListener("click", mySecondFunction);
element.addEventListener("mouseout", myThirdFunction);
Add an Event Handler to the window Object

The addEventListener() method allows you to add event listeners on any
HTML DOM object such as HTML elements, the HTML document, the
window object, or other objects that support events, like
the xmlHttpRequest object.
Example
Add an event listener that fires when a user resizes the window:
window.addEventListener("resize", function(){
document.getElementById("demo").innerHTML = sometext;
});
Passing Parameters
When passing parameter values, use an "anonymous function" that calls
the specified function with the parameters:
Example
element.addEventListener("click", function(){ myFunction(p1, p2); });

Event Bubbling or Event Capturing?
There are two ways of event propagation in the HTML DOM, bubbling and
capturing.
Event propagation is a way of defining the element order when an event

occurs. If you have a <p> element inside a <div> element, and the user
clicks on the <p> element, which element's "click" event should be
handled first?
In bubbling the inner most element's event is handled first and then the
outer: the <p> element's click event is handled first, then the <div>
element's click event.
In capturing the outer most element's event is handled first and then the
inner: the <div> element's click event will be handled first, then the <p>
element's click event.
With the addEventListener() method you can specify the propagation

type by using the "useCapture" parameter:
addEventListener(event, function, useCapture);
The default value is false, which will use the bubbling propagation, when
the value is set to true, the event uses the capturing propagation.
Example
document.getElementById("myP").addEventListener("click",
myFunction, true);
document.getElementById("myDiv").addEventListener("click",
myFunction, true);
The removeEventListener() method

The removeEventListener() method removes event handlers that have
been attached with the addEventListener() method:
Example
element.removeEventListener("mousemove", myFunction);
Exercise:
Use the eventListener to assign an onclick event to the <button> element.
<button id="demo"></button>
<script>
document.getElementById("demo"). (" ", myFunction);
</script>

HTML Css Js

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

HTML Css Js

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

HTML Css Js

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

** HTML is the standard markup language for Web pages.

** With HTML you can create your own Website.

**Week 1-2: Introduction and Basics**

A Simple HTML Document

<h1>My First Heading</h1>

What is an HTML Element?

<tagname> Content goes here... </tagname>

<h1>My First Heading</h1>

<h1> My First Heading </h1>

<p> My first paragraph. </p>

<br> none none

2. HTML Basic Examples

<h1>My First Heading</h1>

The <!DOCTYPE> Declaration

The <!DOCTYPE> declaration is not case sensitive.

The <!DOCTYPE> declaration for HTML5 is:

<a href="https://www.facebook.com">This is a link</a>

The link's destination is specified in the href attribute.

Attributes are used to provide additional information about HTML

You will learn more about attributes in a later chapter.

How to View HTML Source

View HTML Source Code:

Inspect an HTML Element:

Nested HTML Elements

All HTML documents consist of nested HTML elements.

The following example contains four HTML elements

<h1>My First Heading</h1>

Then, inside the <html> element there is a <body> element:

<h1>My First Heading</h1>

The <body> element defines the document's body.

It has a start tag <body> and an end tag </body>.

Then, inside the <body> element there are two other

<h1>My First Heading</h1>

The <h1> element defines a heading.

It has a start tag <h1> and an end tag </h1>:

<h1>My First Heading</h1>

The <p> element defines a paragraph.

It has a start tag <p> and an end tag </p>:

<p>My first paragraph.</p>

Never Skip the End Tag

Note: However, never rely on this! Unexpected results and errors

Empty HTML Elements

<p>This is a <br> paragraph with a line break.</p>

HTML is Not Case Sensitive

The HTML standard does not require lowercase tags but it is

The href Attribute

<a href="https://www.facebook.com">Visit Facebook</a>

The src Attribute

1. Absolute URL - Links to an external image that is hosted on another

Notes: External images might be under copyright. If you do not get

2. Relative URL - Links to an image that is hosted within the website.

The width and height Attributes

<img src="img_girl.jpg" width="500" height="600">

The alt Attribute

<img src="img_girl.jpg" alt="Girl with a jacket">

The style Attribute

<p style="color:red;">This is a red paragraph.</p>

The lang Attribute

The following example specifies English as the language:

Week 1-2: Introduction and Basics